narahari mahanta group-10 - connecting repositories · narahari mahanta 17 september 2012 ....

198
PREPARATION OF NOVEL FUNCTIONALIZED NANOFIBERS FROM HYDROPHILIC POLYMERS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS NARAHARI MAHANTA NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF SINGAPORE 2012

Upload: others

Post on 20-Aug-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

PREPARATION OF NOVEL FUNCTIONALIZED

NANOFIBERS FROM HYDROPHILIC POLYMERS AND

THEIR APPLICATIONS

NARAHARI MAHANTA

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF SINGAPORE

2012

Page 2: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

PREPARATION OF NOVEL FUNCTIONALIZED

NANOFIBERS FROM HYDROPHILIC POLYMERS AND

THEIR APPLICATIONS

NARAHARI MAHANTA

M. Sc., M. Phil., (Sambalpur University, India)

M. Tech., (Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, India)

A THESIS SUBMITTED

FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF SINGAPORE

2012

Page 3: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

Declaration

I hereby declare that this thesis is my original work and it has been written by me in its

entirety. I have duly acknowledged all the sources of information which have been

used in the thesis.

This thesis has also not been submitted for any degree in any university previously.

_______________

Narahari Mahanta

17 September 2012

Page 4: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

Dedicated to

My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with

me a source of inspiration

Page 5: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

Name: NARAHARI MAHANTA

Degree: DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

Department: CHEMISTRY

Thesis title: PREPARATION OF NOVEL FUNCTIONALIZED

NANOFIBERS FROM HYDROPHILIC POLYMERS AND THEIR

APPLICATIONS

Abstract

In this investigation, preparation of hydrophilic nanostructured membranes derived from

poly (vinyl alcohol) (PVA) and cellulose based macromer was developed for

environmental detoxification. To obtain the best extraction efficiency, surface hydroxyl

groups of PVA nanofibers were modified with functional groups, such as thiols and

amines. Apart from that cellulosic nanofibers were isolated from sugarcane bagasse and

amine group was incorporated by coating the cellulose nanofiber with chitosan. Both

PVA and cellulose nanofibers showed high extraction efficiency (more than 90%)

towards silver and gold nanoparticles from water. Similarly, Fe (III) coordinated PVA

nanofiber was developed for the removal of Arsenic from water with very high

efficiency. Also, PVA nanofibers incorporated with protein and methacrylated

PVA/cellulose nanofibers with silver nanoparticles were prepared. Similar materials were

also compared with hydrogel systems. Current investigation provides a method to design

of novel nanofibrous membranes from hydrophilic polymers for setting up large scale

water purification system.

Keywords: Polyvinyl alcohol, Cellulose, Electrospinning, Nanofiber, Water filtration,

Biomedical application

Page 6: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

i

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

First and foremost, my heartfelt gratitude goes to my supervisor, Assoc. Prof. Suresh

Valiyaveettil for teaching me the discipline of science, his guidance, support and

encouragement during the course of this work. He gave me a lot of space to try things and

many helpful suggestions when things just would not seem to work right. I must be very

thankful to him for his patience and helping me in my toughest time during research with

moral support.

Many people have contributed their time and effort in helping me to accomplish this

research. I sincerely thank all the current and former members of the group for their

cordiality and friendship. Special thanks to Dr. Siva, Dr. Satyananda, Dr. Balaji, Dr.

Ankur, Dr. Sajini, Dr. Asha Rani, Dr. Jinu Poul, Dr. Vinod, Dr. Manoj, Jinuk, Pradipto,

Tanay, Kiruba, Rama, Ashok, Chunyen, Daizy for all the good times in the lab and

helping exchange knowledge skills. Special thanks to Yiwei who helped with cell growth

studies during my experimentation.

I must acknowledge the technical assistance provided by Ms Tang and Madam Loy

during the SEM and TEM studies for a lot of valuable suggestions and letting me to use

her equipments.

The gratitude that is most difficult to express in words is towards my family. I whole

heartedly thank my parents, brother, sister, brother-in-law, parents-in-law, manisha,

varsha, subham, punam, pipi, and mimi for their support and encouragement. In

particular, I wish to express gratitude to my wife Mrs. Nikasha Mohanta for her patience,

love, care and understanding during my PhD career.

I thank the National University of Singapore for granting the research scholarship.

Page 7: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

ii

Table of Contents

Acknowledgments i

Table of contents ii

Summary viii

List of Tables x

List of Figures xi

Abbreviations and Symbols xvii

Chapter 1: Introduction

1.1 Introduction to nanofibers 2

1.2 Synthetic nanofibers by electrospinning technique 2

1.2.1 Characterization of polymeric nanofibers 5

1.2.1.1 Geometrical characterization 5

1.2.1.2 Thermo-mechanical property analysis 6

1.3 Isolation of nanofiber from natural sources 7

1.3.1 Characterization of cellulose nanofibers 9

1.4 Preparation of hydrogel from hydrophlic polymers 10

1.4.1 Characterization of hydrogel 11

1.4.1.1 Physical and geometrical analysis 11

1.4.1.2 Thermo-mechanical properties of hydrogel 11

1.5 Properties of hydrophilic polymers 12

1.6 Applications and challenges in fabrication of PVA and cellulose nanofiber

membranes

16

1.6.1 Designing of biocompatible membranes for practical aspects 14

1.6.1.1 Nanofibrous hydrogel for tissue engineering application 15

1.6.1.2 Antimicrobial agents in wound healing 16

1.6.2 Environmental membranes and filters 17

1.6.2.1 Removal of heavy metal ions from water 18

1.6.2.2 Waterborne pathogen and dye pollutants 20

1.6.2.3 Removal of micro and nanoparticulates from water 21

Page 8: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

iii

1.7 Scope and outline of the thesis 23

1.8 References 26

Chapter 2: Nanofibrous Poly (vinyl alcohol) Membranes for

Removal of Nanoparticles from Aqueous Environment

2.1 Introduction 44

2.2 Experimental section 45

2.2.1 Materials 45

2.2.2 Synthesis of citrate-stabilized gold and silver nanoparticles 46

2.2.3 Fabrication of PVA nanofibers by electrospinning technique 46

2.2.4 Incorporation of surface thiol and amine functional by surface 47

modification technique

2.2.5 Nanoparticle extraction study using the surface modified PVA

nanofibers

48

2.2.6 Desorption study of nanoaprticles from nanofiber 48

2.3 Characterization 49

2.4 Results and discussion 49

2.4.1 Morphological and spectroscopic analysis 49

2.4.2 Adsorption of nanoparticles by using designed nanofiber 52

2.5 Summary and Conclusions 58

2.6 References 59

Chapter 3: Isolation and Fabrication of Cellulose Based Nanofibers

for Filtration of Nanoparticles from Aqueous Environment

3.1 Introduction 63

3.2 Experimental section 64

3.2.1 Materials 64

3.2.2 Isolation of cellulose nanofibers from sugarcane bagasse 65

3.2.3 Preparation of chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibers 65

3.2.4 Preparation of PVP capped Au and Ag-nanoparticles 66

3.2.5 Study on adsorption behaviour of nanoparticle 66

using chitosan coated cellulose nanofibers

Page 9: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

iv

3.2.6 Desorption study of nanoparticles from functionalized nanofibers 66

3.2.7 Test for filtration efficiency of nanoparticles by chitosan 67

coated cellulose nanofiber

3.3 Characterization 67

3.4 Results and discussion 67

3.4.1 Isolation of cellulose nanofibers from sugarcane bagasse 67

3.4.2 Preparation of sugarcane and chitosan coated sugarcane 69

nanofibrous membranes

3.4.3 Surface morphology of chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibers 70

3.4.4 Preparation of Au and Ag-nanoparticles 71

3.4.5 Extraction of nanoparticles from aqueous environment 72

using nanofibers

3.4.6 Desorption and time-dependent readsorption efficiency analysis 77

3.4.7 Filtration of nanoparticles by using chitosan coated cellulose nanofibers 79

3.5 Summary and Conclusions 80

3.6 References 81

Chapter 4: Fabrication of Fe (III) Immobilized PVA Nanofibers as a

Sorbent for Arsenic Removal from Water

4.1 Introduction 87

4.2 Experimental section 88

4.2.1 Materials 88

4.2.2 Fabrication of PVA/Fe (III) polymeric nanofibers by 89

electrospinning technique

4.2.3 Adsorption analysis of arsenic using designed nanofibers from

water

89

4.3 Characterization 90

4.4 Results and discussion 90

4.4.1 Morphological and spectroscopic analysis 90

4.4.2 Structure property analysis of the resultant nanofibers 93

4.4.3 Filtration efficiency of arsenic using designed nanofibers 94

Page 10: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

v

4.5 Summary and Conclusions 99

4.6 References 100

Chapter 5: In situ Preparation of Silver Nanoparticles on

Biocompatible Methacrylated Poly (vinyl alcohol) and Cellulose

Based Polymeric Nanofibers

5.1 Introduction 105

5.2 Experimental section 106

5.2.1 Materials 106

5.2.2 Synthesis of methacrylated poly(vinyl alcohol) / dextran / methyl

cellulose

107

5.2.3 Test for reduction of silver salt 108

5.2.4 Fabrication of PVA/Cellulose nanofiber by electrospinning technique 108

5.2.5 Cytocompatibility analysis of methacrylated designed nanofiber 109

5.3 Characterization 110

5.4 Results and discussion 111

5.4.1 Test for reduction of silver salt by designed polymer 111

5.4.2 Designing of methacrylated macromer 112

5.4.3 Nanofibers of methacrylated macromer by electrospinning technique 113

5.4.4 X-ray diffraction analysis of nanofibers containing silver nanoparticle 115

5.4.5 Thermal analysis of designed macromer with Ag-nanoparticles 116

5.4.6 Mechanical properties of designed macromer with Ag-nanoparticles 117

5.4.7 Cytotoxic analysis on the designed methacrylated nanofiber 119

5.5 Summary and conclusions 120

5.6 References 121

Chapter 6: Nanofibers Derived from Poly (vinyl alcohol) and Milk

protein and its Biocompatibility Evaluation

6.1 Introduction 125

6.2 Experimental section 127

6.2.1 Materials 127

6.2.2 Fabrication of nanofibers by electrospinning techniques 127

Page 11: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

vi

6.2.3 Cell viability and cell adhesion property analysis using human

fibroblast

128

6.3 Characterization 129

6.4 Results and discussion 130

6.4.1 Morphological analysis 130

6.4.2 Effect of additives on the physico-mechanical behaviour 132

6.4.3 XRD analysis of PVA composite nanofibers 135

6.4.4 Cell adhesion and viability study on designed electrospun 136

nanofibers membranes

6.5 Summary and conclusions 139

6.6 References 141

Chapter 7: Preparation of Viscoelastic Hydrogels from Poly (vinyl

alcohol)/Fe (III) Complex and its Cytocompatibility Evaluation

7.1 Introduction 146

7.2 Experimental section 147

7.2.1 Materials 147

7.2.2 Preparation of Fe3+

coordinated PVA hydrogels 148

7.2.3 Swelling analysis of hydrogels 148

7.2.4 SEM and spectroscopic analysis of hydrogels 149

7.2.5 Thermo-mechanical behavior analysis of hydrogels 149

7.2.6 Biocompatibility evaluation using human fibroblast 150

7.2.7 Cell adhesion study on the hydrogel surface 152

7.3 Results and discussion 152

7.3.1 Spectroscopic analysis of crosslinked hydrogel 152

7.3.2 Physical behavior analysis by swelling study 153

7.3.3 Mechanical property of hydrogel 154

7.3.3.1 Stress-Strain behaviour 155

7.3.3.2 Dynamic mechanical analysis 156

7.3.3.4 Creep behavior 158

7.3.4 Thermal analysis of crosslinked hydrogel 160

7.3.5 Cell viability and cell adhesion study 161

7.4

Page 12: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

vii

7.5 7.4 Summary and Conclusions 163

7.6 7.5 References 165

Chapter 8: Conclusions and future studies

8.1 Conclusions

8.2 Future studies

169

172

List of Publications and Presentations 173

Page 13: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

viii

SUMMARY

Recently there has been increasing interest for the fabrication of nanostructured

polymeric scaffolds by using various techniques. For this, electrospinning is a recently

advanced technique which provides polymer in to fiber form in to nanometer range

which used for many advanced applications. The aim of this thesis was to derive

nanofibers derived from hydrophilic polymers such as poly (vinyl alcohol) (PVA) and

cellulose based macromer with novel hybrid materials, their characterization and possible

application. Here a detailed summary of each chapter is included.

In chapter one, a brief review of literature related to fabrication, characterization

and applications of the electrospun nanofibers are given. In addition, a brief summary of

the preparation and their physical property study along with the scope and outline of the

present research work was discussed.

Chapter two describes the preparation of electrospun PVA nanofibers with diameters

ranging between 300 – 500 nm and were used for the extraction of nanosized contaminants

from aqueous environment. To obtain the best extraction efficiency, surface hydroxyl

groups of PVA nanofibers were chemically modified with functional groups, such as thiols

and amines. The extraction studies revealed that functionalized nanofibers have high

extraction efficiency for dissolved nanoparticles in water and can be used for removal of

the nanocontaminants from aqueous environment.

In chapter three, cellulosic nanofibers with 30 - 40 nm in diameter were extracted

from renewable source such as sugarcane bagasse. The nanofibers were coated with

chitosan to introduce additional functional groups onto the surface. The designed

Page 14: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

ix

cellulosic nanofibers were used to filter metal nanoparticles from water which showed

high extraction efficiency (80 - 90%) towards silver and gold nanoparticles.

The development of nanofibrous membranes prepared by electrospinning of polymer

solutions and used for the filtration of arsenic ions from water elucidates in chapter four.

Our approach was to incorporate Fe3+

ions in a hydrophilic polymer matrix and used for

the preparation of nanofiber mats for arsenic removal from water with high efficiency.

We described the preparation of ultra-fine nanofiber mats of cellulosic polymer and

PVA containing silver nanoparticles were fabricated using electrospinning technique in

chapter five. In the present study, hydrophilic biocompatible polymers with coordination

sites for silver nanoparticles. The biocompatibility of the designed methacrylated

nanofiber was carried out by cell viability analysis using human lung fibroblast IMR-90.

Chapter six describes the fabrication of porous three dimensional nanofibrous

membranes from PVA, milk protein and inorganic salts such as calcium carbonate

(CaCO3) or magnesium carbonate (MgCO3). Physico-mechanical and cytocompatibility

property study demonstrated that the hybrid nanofiber may provide significant advantages

for such materials in biomedical applications.

Metal (Fe3+

) coordinated PVA based hydrogels were prepared as scaffolding material

from PVA macromer and cytocompatibility study was investigated in chapter seven.

Enhanced physico-mechanical property and non toxic nature of these hydrogels

demonstrated that these hydrogels may find practical application for biomedical

procedures which require highly viscoelastic and mechanically stable biomaterials.

Chapter eight summarize about the conclusion and future studies that can be carried

out using our functional nanofibers.

Page 15: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

x

LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Title of the Table Page

No.

Chapter-2

Table 2.1 Table for summary of the results obtained on 3rd

trial of adsorption

for both Ag and Au nanoparticles

55

Chapter-3

Table 3.1 Elemental analysis of concentration of Au in hydrochloric acid

(A), and silver in nitric acid (B) after desorption and

corresponding desorption efficiency

77

Table 3.2 Summary of filtration of different nanoparticles solution after passing

through a column filled with chitosan coated nanofiber.

80

Chapter-4

Table 4.1 Elemental analysis of PVAFe uncrosslinked nanofiber and PVAFe

crosslinked nanofiber

91

Table 4.2 Parameters of Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms for As (III) and

As (V) sorption on the Fe3+

loaded PVA nanofiber.

98

Chapter-5

Table 5.1 Mechanical properties of PVA/CaCO3 composite nanofiber 118

Chapter-6

Table 6.1 Elemental analysis of milk incorporated PVA nanofiber, showing

the presence of nitrogen content due to the amino acids

132

Table 6.2 DSC analysis of PVA-milk protein/CaCO3 nanofiber and PVA-

milk protein/MgCO3 nanofiber

135

Chapter-7

Table 7.1 DSC analysis of lyophilised sample of hydrogels 161

Page 16: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xi

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure No. Title of the Figure Page

No.

Chapter 1

Figure 1.1 Schematic diagram of electrospinning 4

Figure 1.2 FESEM image of PVA nanofibers Setup 4

Figure 1.3 Repeat unit of cellulose 8

Figure 1.4 FESEM images of cellulose nanofibers 9

Figure 1.5 Water swollen network of cross-linked hydrogel 10

Figure 1.6 Statistics on the literature published on the advanced application of

nanofibers

14

Chapter 2

Figure 2.1 Reaction scheme of surface modification of PVA-NFs with A.

MPA (PVA-MPA); B. MSA (PVA-MSA); and C. Lysine (PVA-

LYS).

47

Figure 2.2 A. FESEM image of electrospunned PVA nanofibers and B. ATR-

IR of PVA NFs and PVA NFs surface modified with MSA, MPA

and Lysine.

50

Figure 2.3 Scanning electron micrograph images of the surface modified (A).

PVA-LYS NFs; (B). PVA-MSA NFs; (C).PVA-MPA NFs.

51

Figure 2.4 TEM images of (A) citrate capped Au NPs and (B) citrate capped

Ag NPs.

52

Figure 2.5 Time-dependent adsorption efficiencies of citrate capped-AgNPs

and AuNPs (2 10-4

M solutions) on different surface modified-

PVA nanofibers.

53

Figure 2.6 Representative UV-Vis spectra (A) of the Ag NP and (B) for the

Au NP original solution and after filtration and corresponding

photographs of the nanoparticle solutions before and after

filtration.

54

Figure 2.7 Second time adsorption efficiencies of citrate capped-AgNP and 54

Page 17: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xii

AuNP solutions (2 10-4

M) on same nanofibers as a function of

time.

Figure 2.8 FESEM images of A. AgNP adsorbed PVA-LYS NFs, B. AuNPs

adsorbed PVA-MSA NFs and C. AuNPs adsorbed on to PVA-

MPA NFs.

56

Figure 2.9 Energy dispersive spectra of A. AgNP adsorbed PVA-LYS NFs,

B. AuNPs adsorbed PVA-MSA NFs and C. AuNPs adsorbed on to

PVA-MPA NFs.

56

Figure 2.10 : EDS spectrum of silver nanoparticles desorption from PVA-

LYS NFs (A) and PVA-MSA NFs (B) by using 2N HCl.

57

Chapter 3

Figure 3.1 SEM image of cellulose nanofibers bleached with sodium

hypochloride and acetic acid (A) and with Bleaching:HCl (10:1

vol%) (B).

68

Figure 3.2 Attenuated total reflectance-Infrared spectra of sugarcane

nanofiber (A), chitosan (B) and chitosan coated sugarcane

nanofibers (C).

70

Figure 3.3 SEM images of chitosan coated cellulose nanofiber (A) and

crosslinked chitosan (B).

71

Figure 3.4 UV-visible spectra of PVP and citrate capped Au (A) and Ag-

nanoparticles (B); TEM images of PVP capped Au-nanoparticles

(C), citrate capped Au- nanoparticles (D), PVP capped Ag-

nanoparticles (E), and citrate capped Ag- nanoparticles (F). Inserts

show the corresponding camera images of nanoparticle solutions.

72

Figure 3.5 Time-dependent adsorption efficiency of chitosan-coated

sugarcane nanofibers, crosslinked sugarcane nanofibers and

crosslinked chitosan for PVP capped Au-nanoparticles (A), PVP

capped Ag-nanoparticles (B), citrate capped Au- nanoparticles (C)

and, citrate capped Ag-nanoparticles (D); UV-visible spectra of

solutions before and after adsorption for PVP capped Au-

nanoparticles (E), PVP capped Ag- nanoparticles (F), citrate

capped Au-nanoparticles (G), and citrate capped Ag- nanoparticles

(H). Inserts show the corresponding decolourization of the

nanoparticles solutions before and after adsorption.

73

Page 18: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xiii

Figure 3.6 Graphs for time-dependent readsorption efficiency of chitosan-

coated sugarcane nanofibers for subsequent adsorptions of PVP

capped Au-nanoparticles (A), citrate capped Au-nanoparticles (B),

PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles (C), and Citrate capped Ag-

nanoparticles (D).

75

Figure 3.7 SEM images of Au (A) and Ag-nanoparticles (B) adsorbed

nanofiber mat.

76

Figure 3.8 EDX spectra of chitosan-coated sugarcane nanofibers after

adsorption of PVP capped Au-nanoparticles (A), PVP capped Ag-

nanoparticles (B), citrate capped Au- nanoparticles (C) and, citrate

capped Ag-nanoparticles (D). Inserts showed the corresponding

elemental mappings of the nanoparticles.

76

Figure 3.9 Time-dependent adsorption efficiency of chitosan-coated

sugarcane nanofibers for first time adsorption, second time without

and with acid treated nanofiber using PVP capped Au-

nanoparticles (A), PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles (B), citrate

capped Au-nanoparticles (C), and citrate capped Ag-nanoparticles

(D).

78

Figure 3.10 Camera images of filtration of different nanoparticle solution

using chitosan coated sugarcane nanofiber i.e. PVP capped Au-

nanoparticles (A), PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles (B), Citrate

capped Au-nanoparticles (C) and citrate capped Ag-nanoparticles

(D). Bottom portion of tube is the pure water after filtration of

nanoparticle solution.

79

Chapter 4

Figure 4.1 FESEM image shows morphology of PVA/Fe (III) composite

nanofiber and Energy-Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy (EDX)

shows the quantitative presence of Fe in the nanofiber.

91

Figure 4.2 ATR-IR spectra of PVA nanofiber and PVA/Fe3+

crosslinked

nanofiber

92

Figure 4.3 Curves for glass transition temperature (A) and curves for melting

point (B) analyzed by DSC analysis of PVA and Fe3+

crosslinked

nanofiber.

94

Figure 4.4 Concentration dependent (20 PPM, 40 PPM, 60 PPM, 80 PPM and

100 PPM) adsorption of As (III) and As (V) ions using Fe3+

95

Page 19: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xiv

coordinated PVA nanofiber as a function of time.

Figure 4.5 EDX spectra of arsenic adsorbed PVAFe nanofiber. 95

Figure 4.6 Isotherm plots (Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms) for As (III)

and As (V) sorption on the Fe3+

loaded PVA nanofiber.

98

Chapter 5

Figure 5.1 Schematic procedure for the synthesis of polymer nanofibers

containing silver nanoparticles.

107

Figure 5.2 Test for reduction of AgNO3 into Ag-nanoparticle, with different

polymer solutions PVA 10 wt% (A), DEX 10 wt% (B), MC 5 wt%

(C), PVA 10 wt% + DEX 5 wt% (D), PVA 10 wt% + MC 5 wt%

(E) the time intervals of 0 , 6 , 20 and after 48 h

112

Figure 5.3 Scanning Electron Microscope (FESEM) image of PVA-Ag

nanofiber (A), PVA /DEX-Ag nanofiber (B) and PVA /MC-Ag

nanofiber (C).

114

Figure 5.4 Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) image of PVA-Ag

nanofiber (A), PVA /DEX-Ag nanofiber (B) and PVA /MC-Ag

nanofiber (C).

115

Figure 5.5 X-ray diffraction (XRD) pattern of PVA-Ag nanofiber (A), PVA

/DEX-Ag nanofiber (B) and PVA/MC-Ag nanofiber (C).

115

Figure 5.6 Effect of Ag-nanoparticles on thermal property of PVA NF (8A),

PVA/DEX NF (8B), and PVA/MC NF (8C).

117

Figure 5.7 Optical micrograph of IMR-90 cells around nanofiber after 4 days

of co-culture with IMR 90 cells and cell viability test with IMR-90

on designed nanofiber up to 4 day of analysis. The data

represented mean and standard deviations of four samples. Control

experiment was normalized as same cell line was used with

different time scales.

119

Chapter 6

Figure 6.1 Figure 6.1: FESEM images of PVA NF (A), PVA-CC NF (B),

PVA-MGC NF (C), PVA-MP NF (D), PVA-MP-CC NF (E) and

PVA-MP-MGC NF (F).

131

Figure 6.2 Energy dispersive spectra of PVA NF (A), PVA-CC NF (B) and 131

Page 20: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xv

PVA-MGC (C).

Figure 6.3 TGA thermogram of PVA NF (A), PVA-MP NF (B), PVA-MP-

CC NF (C), and PVA-MP-MGC NF (D).

133

Figure 6.4 Glass transition temperature analysis of PVA NF (A), PVA-MP NF (B),

PVA-CC NF (C), PVA-MP-CC NF (D) PVA-MGC NF (E) and PVA-

MP-MGC NF (F).

134

Figure 6.5 XRD plot for PVA NF (A), CaCO3 (B), PVA-MP-CC NF (C), MgCO3

(D) and PVA-MP-MGC NF (E).

136

Figure 6.6 Cell viability assay on PVA-MP/CaCO3 and PVA-MP/MgCO3

composite nanofibers

137

Figure 6.7 SEM images of IMR-90 cell on PVA NF (A), PVA-MA NF (B),

PVA-MA-CC NF (C) and PVA-MA-MGC NF (D) after 7 days.

138

Chapter 7

Figure 7.1 ATR-IR spectra of PVA (a) and lyophilized dried sample of Fe

(III) crosslinked PVA (b) complex (A), Study on swelling ratio of

hydrogels for different degree of crosslinking (B).

153

Figure 7.2 SEM images of freeze dried lyophilised sample of PVFeGel-1 (A),

PVFeGel-4 (B).

154

Figure 7.3 Stress-strain graph for hydrogels with different crosslinker

concentration under uniaxial compression mode (A) and graph

for modulus of hydrogels with different crosslinker concentration

(B).

156

Figure 7.4 Graph of storage modulus vs frequency of different hydrogels at

biological temperature (37 °C) (A) and graph for storage modulus

vs temperature of hydrogels with different degree of crosslinkers

at constant frequency (B).

156

Figure 7.5 Creep behavior of hydrogels with different concentration of

crosslinkers at biological temperature (37 °C) (A) and Graph for

strain recovery with linear time scale after release the applied

stress to hydrogels of different crosslinker concentration (B).

159

Figure 7.6 Curves for glass transition temperature analysed by DSC analysis

of only PVA and lyophilised sample of PVA hydrogels from

different crosslinker concentration

160

Page 21: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xvi

Figure 7.7 Optical micrograph of IMR-90 cells around hydrogel after 5 days

of coculture (A) and cells grow on the surface of hydrogel (B).

162

Figure 7.8 Cell viability test with IMR-90 on croslinked hydrogels upto 5 day

of analysis. The data represented mean and standard deviations of

four samples. Control experiment was normalised as same cell line

was used with different proliferated time scale

163

Page 22: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xvii

ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

λ Wavelength

% Percentage

nm Nanometer(s)

μm Micrometer(s)

3D Three dimensional

Ag+ Silver ions

AgNO3

NP

Silver nitrate

Nanoparticle

BSA Bovine Serum Albumin

conc. Concentration

cm Centimeter

et. al In Latin - et alii (and others)

ECM Extracellular matrix

g Gram(s)

HCl Hydrochloric acid

Min Minutes

Page 23: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xviii

h Hour(s)

i.e. That is (Latin id est)

kV Kilovolts

keV Kilo electron volts

MPa

kPa

Pa

Megapascals

Kilopascals

Pascals

MeOH Methanol

mg Milligram(s)

ml Milliliter(s)

mmol Milli molar

NaCl Sodium chloride

NaBH4 Sodium borohydride

MC Methyl cellulose

PCL Poly (caprolactone)

PEO Poly (ethylene oxide)

PVA Poly (vinyl alcohol)

Page 24: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

xix

RT Room temperature

NF Nanofiber

rpm Revolutions per minute

SEM Scanning Electron Microscope

DSC Differential Scanning Calorimetry

TGA Thermo Gravimetric Analysis

EDX Energy Dispersive X-ray analysis

FT-IR Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy

NMR Nuclear Magnetic Resonance

FESEM Field emission Scanning Electron Microscope

ICP-OES Inductive Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy

UV-Vis Ultra-Violet Visible Spectroscopy

XRD X-ray diffraction

Page 25: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

1

Chapter 1

Introduction

Page 26: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

2

1.1 Introduction to nanofibers

In recent years, several methods have been proposed for the fabrication of various

architectures from different polymers. Out of these methods, nanofibers and hydrogels are

the most suitable fabrication technique owing to their high surface to volume ratio.1-3

Fibers with diameter less than 1000 nm are defined as nanofibers. Such type of nanofibers

are synthesized using a number of methods such as drawing, template synthesis, phase

separation, self assembly and electrospinning.4-8

In addition, other methods such as wet

spinning, dry spinning, melt spinning and gel spinning which are capable of producing

fibers with diameters down to the micrometer range.9-13

Apart from synthetic nanfibers,

natural fibers can be derived from various sources. This can be either by self assembly

from different natural macromers or by isolation of cellulose and protein fiber from

naturally occuring materials.14-17

1.2 Synthetic nanofiber by electrospinning technique

Out of several reported methods, electrospinning is an efficient technique to prepare

nanofibers with diameter ranging from a few nanometers to micrometer range.5 This

process is very simple, convenient, effective and widely utilized for generating

nanofibrous membrane. Fiber formation via electrospinning is based on uniaxial

stretching of a viscoelastic jet derived from a polymer solution.18,19

Electrospinning is an excellent technique where polymer can be fabricated in

nanodimensions with different assemblies.1,20

Many researchers have investigated various

parameters affecting the morphology and the diameter of the electrospun PVA nanofiber

e.g solution concentration, flow rate, applied voltage, distance between needle, the

collector and types of collector.21-23

The polymer usually dissolved in an appropriate

Page 27: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

3

solvent and used for electrospinning. This process entails the utilization of a high voltage

source to create an electrically charged feed solution.

The schematic for electrospinning setup is shown in Figure 1.1. The electrospinning

technique consists of a very small needle through which the polymer solution can be

forces into a field with a high voltage difference.24,25

Typically the positive power supply

connects to the metallic needle portion and the negative end connected to a grounded

plate which acts as a collector. While increasing the electric field strength, it causes

repulsive interaction between the positive charges in the liquid and simultaneously gets

attracted by the oppositely charged collector. This process creates a tensile force to the

polymer solution, resulting in break the surface tension of the polymer drop and generates

a Taylor cone. By increasing the voltage beyond this point, such Taylor cone elongates

and get attracted by oppositely charged grounded plate to produce a fiber structure. An

applied voltage in the range of 5 to 30 kV is needed to form nanofibers and quality of

nanofibers depend on distance between the needle tip and collector, voltage applied,

solvent used and concentration of polymers.24,25

According to the collector configuration,

rotating plate, stationary plate gives various types of fiber.26,27

On application of these

stationary plate, it generates nonwoven fiber mats. However, woven or knitted fibers can

also be generated by using various rotating drum and translating collector.28

Packing

density and porosity of the fiber mats greatly depends on the types of collector plate used

in electrospinning process.

Electrospinning provides nanofibers in the diameter range of 10 - 2000 nm, which can

be achieved by selecting the suitable polymer-solvent system. A typical SEM image of

PVA nanofiber is shown in Figure 1.2. The diameter and morphology of nanofibers

Page 28: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

4

generally depends on number of parameters which includes polymer properties, types of

polymer, viscosity, electrical conductivity, polarity, strength of applied electric field,

feeding rate for the polymer solution, the distance between spinneret, collector plate,

temperature and humidity.29-40

Apart from these other parameters are also important like

temperature and humidity for the formation of smooth fiber.

Figure 1.1: Schematic diagram of electrospinning Figure 1.2: FESEM image of PVA nanofibers

setup

The limitation of this technique includes broad range of fiber thickness, random

orientation of nanofibers, and low mechanical properties of the fiber meshes.

Salient features of electrospinning are:

Suitable solvent should be used for dissolving the polymer.

The vapour pressure of the solvent should be suitable enough, so that it evaporates

quickly from the fiber to maintain its integrity when it reaches to the target but not

too quickly to allow the fiber to harden before it reaches the nanometer range.

5µm

Page 29: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

5

The viscosity and surface tension of the solvent must neither be too large to

prevent the jet from forming nor too small to allow the polymer solution to drain

freely from pipette.

The power supply should be adequate enough to overcome the viscosity and

surface tension of the polymer solution and to sustain the jet from the pipette.

The gap between the pipette and grounded surface should not be too small to

create sparks between the electrodes but should be large enough for the solvent to

evaporate in time to form fibers.

1.2.1 Characterization of polymeric nanofibers

Polymeric nanofibers derived from electrospinning technique have different applications

in many fields. The ultimate product performance solely depends on the basic properties

of nanofibers which include chemical and physical properties, morphology and thermo-

mechanical properties.

1.2.1.1 Geometrical characterization

Nanofibrous membranes with high surface area, small pore size and the possibilities of

producing three dimensional structures is the main cause for development in advanced

applications.41-43

So it is very important to study the morphology of the nanofibrous

membranes. Various techniques are used for this purpose, such as scanning electron

microscope (SEM), transmission electron microscope (TEM) and atomic force

microscopy (AFM). The SEM gives idea about the surface characteristics such as

morphology, smoothness, fiber diameter, pore size and interfiber adhesion properties.

Similarly, TEM analysis of nanofiber membrane involves passing the beam of electron

that are transmitted through an ultrathin specimen.44-47

This technique gives more idea

Page 30: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

6

about the distribution of different additives inside the nanofiber matrix. Furthermore,

AFM gives more idea about the three dimensional surface profile and even this technique

can be used for the measurement of nanoscale contacts and atomic binding.48-50

1.2.1.2 Thermo-mechanical property analysis

The bulk property of the nanofibrous materials plays vital role in real application. It is

well known that the nanofiber have marked difference in their thermal and mechanical

properties when compared to the bulk polymers. For physical characterization of such

materials, techniques such as thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), differential scanning

claorimetry (DSC), X-ray diffarction (XRD) and dynamic mechanical property (DMA) are

used.

Thermal properties:

Thermal analysis of polymeric materials gives idea about the structural property

relationship of the designed materials.51

The common thermal properties include glass

transition temperature (Tg), Melting points (Tm) and melting point enthalpy (ΔHm). The

Tg of the nanofiber correspond to shift in segmental motion of the main polymeric chain

network. The increase in Tg indicates the restriction of polymer chain either by

crosslinking or by binding with some other additives. Similarly, increase in Tg indicates

the formation of voids in between inter-chain resulting increase in the chain segmental

motion at lower temperature and this study gives idea about the plastic or rubbery property

in application condition. Melting point gives idea about the change in phase transition at

particular temperature and correspondingly change in crystallinity of the polymer

backbone and can be easily calculated by the crystallization peak from DSC analysis.52-54

Page 31: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

7

Mechanical properties:

It is known that the electrospinning reduces the crystallinity as compared to bulk

polymers. In real application, the mechanical property of nanofiber is the most important

parameter,55,56

which involves measurement of modulus, tensile strength and yield point.

The electrospunned nanofiber with the presence of tiny pores influences the ultimate

mechanical property of thermoplastic elastomers.45,57

It is also reported that a decrease in

mechanical property was observed at nanometer scale. So far, much information is not

available on the mechanical properties of nanofiber and their composites. Due to the small

diameter of the nanofiber, various researchers used AFM techniques to investigate the

mechanical properties of the individual nanofiber.58,59

1.3 Isolation of nanofiber from natural sources

Despite the ease of production of synthetic nanofibers, natural nanofibers find much

importance in current research. Agricultural by-products have rich cellulose contents,

making them highly suitable sources for nanofibers and since they are renewable,

biodegradable and abundantly available, their usage impose less stress on environment.

Examples include corn stover, wheat straw, rice straw, barley straw, coir, sugarcane

bagasse, pineapple leaf and banana leaf. Chemically, natural cellulose nanofibers are

extracted by alkaline treatment using sodium hydroxide, or acid treatment, such as

sulphuric acid on agricultural by-products. The quality of the extracted nanofibers depend

on chemical concentration, temperature and duration of treatment among other factors .60

Cellulose is the most abundant natural polymer. It has a repeat unit consisting of two

anhydroglucose rings linked by β-1,4-glycosidic bonds, and has a large amount of

hydroxyl groups.61

Page 32: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

8

The three main components of naturally occurring agricultural by-products are

cellulose, hemicellulose and lignin. The composition depends on the source

with

approximate cellulose content of 32% to 48%, hemicellulose content of 27% to 32%, and

lignin content of 18% to 26%.62,63

Lignin consists of highly crosslinked polymers of

arylpropane units and it make bonds with the neighbouring cells and cellulose.

Hemicellulose is a polysaccharide based polymer generally found between cellulose and

lignin. The presence of numerous hydroxyl groups gives rise to hydrogen bonding,

making it strongly bounded to cellulose. Due to its smaller degree of polymerisation and

amorphous nature, it is not as strong as cellulose. As shown in Figure 1.3, cellulose is a

polymer with a repeat unit consisting of two anhydroglucose rings linked by β-1, 4-

glycosidic bonds.

Figure 1.3: Repeat unit of cellulose

In the extraction procedure, bleaching was mainly used to remove lignin.64

Sodium

hypochlorite can degrade cellulose, hemicelluloses and lignin.62

In sugarcane bagasse

outermost layer is made up of lignin, on bleaching it removes lignin portion.

NaOCl + H2O ⇌ HOCl + NaOH

HOCl ⇌ H+ + ClO

-

ClO- + HClO → ClO

. + Cl

. + OH

-

Sodium hypochlorite dissolved in water according to the equations above, forming

hypochlorous acid and hypochlorite ions which could react to produce chlorine radicals.

Page 33: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

9

Such radicals are the active species in degradation process where they abstract hydrogen

from phenolic hydroxyl groups in lignin to give phenoxy and mesomeric

cyclohexadienoyl radicals, which further react to cause degradation of lignin.

Figure 1.4: FESEM images of cellulose nanofibers.

Subjecting the bleached fibres to alkaline treatment results in dissolution of

hemicellulose and produce cellulose nanofibers. The nanofibers isolated from sugarcane

bagasse is shown in Figure 1.4. Furthermore, by alkaline treatment with potassium

hydroxide, ionisation of the hydroxyl groups in cellulose and hemicellulose results in

alkoxide ions which disrupt the hydrogen bonding to remove hemicellulose and residual

lignin.65,66

Lignin was fragmented through cleavages of α-aryl and β-aryl ether bonds.

1.3.1 Characterization of cellulose nanofibers

Like synthetic polymeric annofibers, cellulose based nanofibers also possess sufficient

mechanical integrity. The presence of hydroxyl groups on the cellulose moiety with

different configuration has ability to form hydrogen bond between adjacent polymer

chains and stabilizing the structure. Hence it is very important to understand the physical

property which satisfies the product requirement. Owing to that various physico-

200 nm

Page 34: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

10

mechanical properties of natural nanofibers can be carried out as same method discussed

in earlier section for testing electrospunned nanofibers (Section 1.2.1)

1.4 Preparation of hydrogel from hydrophlic polymers

Hydrogels are water swollen polymeric three-dimentional (3D) materials which are able to

hold sufficient amounts of water in the network structure in a swollen state. Several

hydrophilic polymers are used to make hydrogels for various applications. The hydroxyl

groups play an important role for the fabrication of network structure. The hydrophilicity

of the network helps to accommodate sufficient amount of water by forming hydrogen

bonds. Owing to that various researchers have attempted to fabricate hydrogel from PVA

and cellulose based macromers using different crosslinking methods. Such hydrogels were

fabricated by different chemical, physical, radiation and photochemical methods with

tunable desired properties.67-73

A schematic for the water swollen crosslinked network of hydrogel is shown in

Figure 1.5. Highly swollen hydrogel network structure is soft in nature, result in good

mechanical integrity which can be achieved by stabilization due to the hydrogen bonding

Water

Hydrophilic unit

Hydrophobic unit

Figure 1.5: Water swollen network of cross-linked hydrogel

Page 35: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

11

with water.74

The water swollen 3D hydrogel network can be tuned by different

crosslinking methods which influence the final mechanical properties such ascompliance,

elasticity and mechanical stress.75-77

As a consequence, several researchers paid much

attention to the physico-mechanical behavior of different crosslinked hydrophilic

hydrogel.

1.4.1 Characterization of hydrogel

The hydrogel network has high water retention capacity in its network structure and

mechanically stable, which allow diffusion of small and macromolecules. For designing

a hydrogel, it is very important to investigate the structure-property analysis of the

material relevant to their desired properties. Prior to designing for a specific application,

the morphological, thermal, physical and mechanical properties need to be investigated at

earlier stages.

1.4.1.1 Physical and geometrical analysis

The electron microscopy provides information regarding the morphology and pore

diameter of the hydrogel network. The purpose of crosslink is to prevent the flow behavior

of the polymer solution. However in between these crosslinks, the molecular segments

remain flexible and particularly, the intrinsic chain flexibility in hydrogel network is

greatly determined by the nature and amount of crosslinker.

1.4.1.2 Thermo-mechanical properties of hydrogel

To gain a better understanding on the effect of crosslinking toward the molecular mobility

of the designed macromer, thermal analysis is a very efficient technique. Furthermore,

thermal characteristics during dynamic condition provide information for stability,

shrinkage, expansion and storage. Similarly, the mechanical properties of designed

Page 36: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

12

hydrogel under different condition also plays an important role. On highlighting, DMA is

an useful technique for characterization of hydrogels because it helps to correlate wide

range of material properties. Common techniques for measuring mechanical properties of

swollen hydrogels are static compressive modulus, dynamic mechanical analysis and

creep behavior. All these methods give information about the viscoelastic behavior of the

hydrogel.

1.5 Properties of hydrophilic polymers

Hydrophilic polymers contain polar or charged functional groups, which makes them

soluble in water. Poly (vinyl alcohol) (PVA) and cellulsoe based macromer are important

polymers which offers interesting properties for different applications. PVA is neutral and

water soluble polymer which is commercially prepared by hydrolysis of polyvinyl acetate.

The methods of polymerization techniques offer different microcrystalline PVA by which

tacticity can be controlled giving a wide range of interesting properties. Furthermore,

hydrophilicity and water solubility of PVA can be controlled by the extent of hydrolysis

and molecular weight. Atactic PVA is a semicrystalline polymer, hydrophilic, and has

good chemical resistance, thermal stability, physical and mechanical properties and

nontoxic in nature.12

The properties such as water solubility, mechanical properties,

solvent resistivity, adhesion property depend on molecular weight, tacticity and degree of

hydrolysis.13,14,17

Since it is a water soluble polymer with excellent film and fiber forming

properties, it is considered as one of the best materials for forming nanofibrous hydrogel

for various applications.2,4

The methods of fabrication is expected to influence the ultimate

performance due to avaibility of wide range of morphologies and properties and hence

developing fabrication methods is important for tuning the product properties.

Page 37: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

13

Cellulose

The major component in rigid cell walls of plants is cellulose. Cellulose is a linear

polysaccharide polymer consisting of ten to several thousand monosaccharide units.

Polysaccharides synthesized by plants and animals are stored in the form of food,

structural support, and metabolized for energy. The acetal linkage in the cellulose moiety

controls water solubility and degradation behavior. The structure of cellulose consists of a

long polymer chain of glucose units connected by a β- acetal linkage. All repeating units

are β-D-glucose, and all β-acetal links connect C-1 of one glucose to C-4 of next

glucose.78

However, the α-acetal linkages of repeating units results in the formation of

water soluble cellulose.79

The examples of such α-cellulose includes dextran, methyl

cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose and starch. Due to their hydrophilicity and low

cytotoxicity, such polymers are widely used in the medical fields to prepare scaffolds for

artificial pancreas,80

synthetic vitreous body,81,82

wound dressing, transdermal drug

delivery, artificial skin, and cardiovascular devices.83-89

1.6 Applications and challenges in fabrication of PVA and cellulsoe nanofiber

membranes

Nanofibers are the fibers with diameters less than 1000 nm and are exciting new class of

material used for a wide range of applications such as medical, filtration, barrier, wipes,

personal care, composite, garments and insulation.90-94

Special properties of nanofibers

make them suitable for a wide range of applications from medical to consumer products

and industrial to high-tech applications for aerospace, capacitors, transistors, battery

separators, energy storage, fuel cells, and information technology.95-99

Figure 1.6 shown

for a statisstics on the research paper published on the different application of

electrospunned nanofibers. Nanofibers have significant applications in the area of

Page 38: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

14

filtration since their surface area is substantially greater and have smaller micropores

than melt blown webs. Nanofibers are ideally suited for filtering submicron particles from

air or water.

Figure 1.6: Statistics on the literature published on the advanced application of

electrospunned nanofibers. This statistical data is from the scopous website; http://www-

scopus-com.libproxy1.nus.edu.sg/home.url and key word for search was electrospinning,

nanofiber with subsequent application areas as highlighted as on January 2011.

High porous structure with high surface area makes them ideally suited for many filtration

applications. These properties make the nanofiber being applied in a wide range across

biomedical and environmental areas such as protein purification, air cleaning, and heavy

metal ions and dye removal, has been widely explored.100-106

1.6.1 Designing of biocompatible membranes for practical aspects

During the last decades, development of micro- and nanofabrication technologies of

biocompatible, water soluble polymers helped to develop new technologies. PVA and

cellulose based macromers were widely used in preparing microstructured hydrogels and

nanofibers.107-111

Due to porous structures of such materials and high hydrophilicity with

Solar Cells

(10%) Tissue Engineering

(34.7%)

Engineeringfgdgfdgd

fgh sdf 34.7

Filtration

(32.8%)

Batteries

(13.5 %)

Fuel Cells

(9%)

Solar Cells

(10%)

Page 39: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

15

large surface area to volume ratio, microengineered scaffolds have potential to be used in

various applications in the emerging fields like water treatment, biomedical engineering

and biosensors.92,112-117

1.6.1.1 Nanofibrous hydrogel for tissue engineering application

Fabrications of nano-sized materials have offered unique opportunities for cell attachment,

growth and differentiation. Recently various studies have been conducted using polymeric

nanofiber membranes resulting in an ideal 3D network which provided suitable tissue

engineering scaffolds118,119

and for wound dressing materials.120,121

The inherent properties

of nanofibers, which are uniquely capable of mimicking and reorganizing the biological

microenvironment to supplement damaged or diseased tissue and to stimulate the

regeneration of neo-tissue. In addition, hydrogel was also fabricated as a soft tissue

substitute and used in drug delivery application.122

These challenges highlight the

fabrication procedure of three dimensional polymeric networks which lead to a porous

network structure. Highly porous 3D structures favor exchange of nutrients and waste

products with surrounding environments making them potential substitutes for tissue

engineering scaffolds and related biomedical applications.

Apart from the design of fabrication procedure, polymer selection is an important

criterion for the ultimate product performance for tissue regeneration. Several researchers

have focused on the fabrication of biocompatible hydrophobic polymers for their good

mechanical properties, but its main drawbacks are being prone to blood platelet adhesion

and lack of haemocompatibility.123,124

In order to overcome these issues, PVA and

cellulose based macromers were used by several researchers and reported for their

excellent properties such as sufficient hydrophilicity, good physical and mechanical

Page 40: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

16

properties and non-toxic nature with excellent biocompatibility.125, 126

Furthermore, such

types of hydrogels were fabricated and investigated for potential application for

mechanical responses to porcine aortic tissue, artificial articular cartilages and for heart

valve applications.127-132

However, due to highly hydrophilic in nature, it results in

minimal cell adhesion and protein adsorption. As a consequence, several researchers have

studied the incorporation of natural molecules such as gelatin and collagen that can be

recognized for preliminary cell adhesion which are used for tissue growth.126,133

Such

challenges for enhancing the cell growth on the material surface are potential research

areas for development biocompatible membranes for various biomedical applications.

1.6.1.2 Antibacterial agents in wound healing

Similarly, nanostructured silver is considered as an important material due to their

potential for application in biology and are also well known for their antimicrobial

activities for many years.134

Liu and Watanabe et al. have suggested synthesis of non

agglomerated nanoparticles with polymers as template.135,136

In addition, Gupta et al.

developed silver nanoparticle loaded poly (acrylamide-co-itaconic acid) grafted cotton

fabric which was applied in the field of textile technology and explored for their excellent

antibacterial properties.137

The final products are in micrometer range, and the efficiency

can be enhanced by decreasing the fiber diameter to nanometer range due to its high

surface area. Recently Kong and Xu et al. have synthesised nanofiber containing silver

nanoparticles by radical mediated dispersion polymerization and applied as an

antibacterial agent.138,139

Nam and Park et al. provided an effective way to design the

cellulose based polymers which contain high number of hydroxyl groups and ethereal

Page 41: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

17

linkages. Such functional groups help to make ion-dipole linkages and stabilize Ag metal

nanoparticles at the ionized selective sites without becoming coagulated.137,140

1.6.2 Environmental membranes and filters

Recently, membrane technologies are the potential solution for solving the problems

associated with wide range of waste water treatments in many industrial applications.141-

143 These membranes are semipermeable barriers which reject to specific molecules and

compounds by its specific pore size by size exclusion principle. In addition, the presence

of suitable functional groups on the membrane surface trap to specific pollutants by

chemical interaction.106,144

Due the availability of high porosity and interconnected open

pore structure, nanofibers are widely used in waster water purification; i.e. removal of

various inorganic and organic pollutants from water.145,146

These fibers are broadly

classified in two categories; such as, synthetic fibers and natural fibers. Synthetic fibers

are the material which is chemically modified from commercially available polymers or

starting from a monomer. In the case of natural polymers, which are generally extracted

from the natural sources or from plants waste products. However the immobilization of

desired functional groups by surface modification technique helps to increase the

efficiency of the nanofibers.

For the waste water purification, membrane technology received worldwide attention

in recent years in industry due to high surface area, easy to handle, recyclability and

reusability.147,148

The adsorption and desorption efficiency towards particular analytes

greatly depends on the surface functional groups present on adsorbents.149

Electrospunned

nanofibrous materials have gained considerable interest due to their unique properties,

such as high volume to surface ratio and interesting porous structures with superior

Page 42: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

18

mechanical properties.150

This fabrication technique offers controllable fiber diameter,

pore size and orientation at lower cost. Due to high porosity ranging from sub-micron to

several micrometers and interconnected open pore structure, it allows a high permeability

for developing high-performance filtration membranes over conventional existing

materials.151

Some examples of nanofibers being used in water treatment application

especially in the area of removal of submicron sized solid particles, heavy metal ion

separation, organic compounds and waterborne pathogen are listed.

1.6.2.1 Removal of heavy metal ions from water

In recent years, industrial development and the advent of new technologies have resulted

in significant increase in the amount of heavy metal ions in wastewater. These heavy

metals are the serious problem towards the aquatic systems. Various mesoporous materials

such as silica,152-154

carbonaceous materials,155,156

magnetic nanomaterials,157, 158

and

asbestos nanoparticles159

are widely used for heavy metal removal from waste water.

The effect of magnetic nanoparticle and their composites were used to adsorb heavy

metal ions from aqueous solution and the process of sorption is known to be pH and

temperature dependent.160,161

Similarly the nanocomposite containing magnetic

nanoparticles has strong ability for the removal of As(III) from aqueous media over a wide

pH range and also unaffected by the presence of competing ions such as sulphate and

phosphate.162-164

Apart from that some other metal oxides were fabricated into

nanostructured membranes which showed good removal efficiency of heavy metal ions

from waste water.165-167

Similarly carboneous materials also used for the heavy metal ion

filtration.168-170

Carbon nanotubes incorporated polyacrylic acid incorporated nanofibers

with the presence of zero valent iron nanoparticles shown good efficiency to remove the

Page 43: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

19

europium ions from aqueous solution.171

In the water filtration system, use of nano

particles is less preferable because of chances of contamination and difficulty in recycling

process.

Membrane technology provided solution for water purification due to low cost, high

surface area, easy handling, recyclability and reusability.147,172

Nanofibrous membranes

has attracted interest due to their unique properties, such as high volume to surface ratio

and interesting porous structures with superior mechanical properties.150,173

Due to these

inherent properties these nanofibers offer an attractive solution for the removal of heavy

metals from aqueous environment. Recently, nanofibers derived from chitosan and

blending of silk fibroin/wool keratose were used for the removal of heavy metal ions from

aqueous media.174,175

In addition, several synthetic polymers with suitable functional

groups were coated to nanofibers, such as polypyrrole coated PVDF-HFP, dithizone

nanofiber-coated membrane and chloridized polyvinyl chloride and investigated for the

adsorption of heavy metal ions from water.176-178

This implies that extraction efficiency

can be enhanced by modifying surface functional groups, which interact with toxic metal

ions from the polluted environment. In addition to that biopolymer such as chitosan and

chitosan modified synthetic macromer also have been widely used in heavy metal removal

from waste water.179-181

In water purification system, the membrane should be hydrophilic in nature. Hence,

for the hydrophobic polymers, surface can be converted into hydrophilic by various

methods like plasma treatment, chemical oxidation and grafting, and blending with

hydrophilic polymers. The surface modification technology has added advantages towards

intact mechanical integrity with suitable functionalities on the nanofiber surface. Recently

Page 44: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

20

various researchers have been demonstrated novel methods to enhance the mechanical

properties and as well as the hydrophilicity of electrospun polyethersulfone nanofiber

membrane.182-184

This process significantly improves the mechanical integrity of

electrospun membranes without disturbing the fiber size and morphology. Another

method involves the use of simple oxidative reaction by using ammonium persulfate that

can produce high hydrophilicity on the Polyethersulfone (PES) membrane.185

polyethersulfone is a tough, durable, and temperature resistant aromatic polymer. These

membrane provides high flow rate, low extractables, and greater mechanical strength as

compared to other polymeric membranes. Hence these PES membrane materials are

widely used for commercial microfiltration and ultrafiltration. However some nanofibers

have very low mechanical properties. To overcome these issues few studies involve the

incorporation of other supportive layers which provide mechanical strength and efficient

surface functional groups on the top layers of the membrane.186

1.6.2.2 Waterborne pathogen and dye pollutants

Water contaminated with bacteria and viruses is the main cause of diseases in several

countries. Currently, chemical disinfectants such as chlorine and membrane-based water

filtration systems are employed to control microbial pathogens.187,188

Carbon nanotubes

are also used as nanofilter for the application virus removal from water.189

Researchers

prepared various functionalized nanofibers and used for the antimicrobial filters in waste

water purification. Owing to that, quarternary ammonium salts and polymers with

biguanide groups shows very good antimicrobial activity.190

In addition, silver metal

nanoparticles incorporated on to the polymer nanofiber are widely used for antimicrobial

activity.191

Such silver nanoparticle embedded nanofibers provides high surface area and

Page 45: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

21

hence used for various antimicrobial filtration system.192

Similarly biopolymers such as

chitosan are known to be biocompatible, hydrophilic, non-antigenicity, non-toxicity and

biodegradable in nature.174, 193

Another important area of water pollution comes from contaminated dye used in

textile industries. These organic dye compounds pose health hazards from the

contaminated water source. Various functionalized nanofibers have been used for the

removal of organic pollutants from water. Recently, PMMA nanofibers functionalized

with phenylcarbonylated and azidophenylcarbonylated β-cyclodextrins are used for the

removal of phenolphthalein as a model molecule.194

This investigation suggested that

these functionalized nanofibers can find practical application in the filtration of organic

pollutants from water. The development of photocatalytic TiO2 embedded nanofibers is

widely used in the degradation of dye pollutants. Such photoactive moieties proved to be

excellent materials for the degradation of dye molecules in presence of light.189,195

Similarly, humic acid is a natural organic pollutants, commonly found in waste water. For

the removal of these oganic pollutants, nanofibers embedded with TiO2 also used by

various researchers.196

Furthermore, iron nanoparticles are also widely used for their

sorption of wide variety of pollutants such as chlorinated organic solvents, organochlorine

pesticides and polychlorinate biphenyls.

1.6.2.3 Removal of micro and nanoparticulates from water

The removal of micro and nano-sized particulate contaminants from polluted water is the

main focus for water filtration technology. Removal of micro sized solid contaminants can

be easily achieved using nanofibers membranes. Recently, several researchers have

fabricated electrospunned membranes derived from nylon-6, polyvinylidene fluoride and

Page 46: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

22

polysulphone which were used as pre-filters for the removal of model polystyrene micro-

particles.101,26-27

In comparison to nanofiber membranes of fixed pore size has been

filtered for different polystyrene particles. The results revealed that the microfiltration

membranes were used to remove micro-particles most effectively without any damage to

the membrane.

Although several investigations have combined the usage of submicron sized

particulate filter and heavy metal removal by nanofibrous membranes, the removal of

nanoparticle has not been investigated till date. Owing to that, our target to develop

functionalized novel hybrid nanfibrous membranes from hydrophilic polymers.

The overall goals of this thesis were to fabricate nanofibers and hydrogels from

biocompatible water soluble polymer, such as PVA and cellulose and exploring their

possible applications. The overall schematic diagram for the this thesis work is shown

below.

Scheme 1: Schematic diagram for outline of our targeted research

Nanofiber

Synthetic Natural

Geometrical Physico-

mechanical Physico-

mechanical

Geometrical

Fabrication Characterization Characterization Isolation Application Application

Page 47: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

23

1.7 Scope and outline of the thesis

The aim of this research work is: і) to prepare nanofibers from PVA macromer by

electrospinning technique and surface modified using thiols and amines. іi) to Isolate

polysaccharide based nanofibers and incorporation of amines by surface coating with

chitosan. iіі) to fabricate nanofibers from PVA//Fe3+

nanofibers, their structure property

analysis. іv) to prepare cytocompatible nanofibrous membranes by incorporation of

protein and methacrylate moiety. v) to prepare cytocompatible metal coordinated PVA

hydrogels and finally. vі) to demonstrate some these membranes for suitable applications

including environmental detoxification.

PVA and cellulose based macromers were chosen for our investigation because of

their unique properties as mentioned earlier. Chapter 2 describes the fabrication of

nanofiber from poly (vinyl alcohol) and surface modification with suitable functional

groups such as thiols and amines, their characterization and application for entrapment of

nanoparticles from water.

The incorporation of suitable functional groups on the PVA nanofiber gives idea

about good filtration efficiency, isolation of cellulosic nanofibers from raw sugarcane

bagasse and incorporation of amine groups by surface coating is explored. These

cellulosic nanofibers can be isolated from renewable sources, which have less threat to

environment after usage. Chapter 3 describes isolation of cellulosic nanofibers from

sugarcane bagasse and surface coating with chitosan to incorporate amine groups. These

functionalized nanofibers were used for the filtration of different nanoparticles (Au and

Ag) with different capping agents. The adsorption and filtration study revealed that

Page 48: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

24

designed membranes have good efficiency toward the filtration of nanoparticles from

water.

Arsenic is a potent contaminant in waterways across the world. In chapter 4 we

explored the preparation of Fe3+

immobilized PVA nanofiber for the removal of arsenic

from water. The fiber morphology and physical behavior was investigated by various

analytical techniques. The time and concentration dependent study was carried out in

detail. This study showed that the designed nanofibrous membranes removed arsenic from

water more effectively.

Because of the biocompatibility and suitable pendent hydroxyl groups of PVA and

cellulose based macromer, we were interested to make nanofibrous structure with silver

nanoparticles. Chapter 5 describes the insitu preparation of silver nanoparticles on the

PVA and cellulose nanofiber surface. For crosslinking of designed macromer,

methacrylated moiety was incorporated to the pendent hydroxyl groups. These

methacrylated macromers are found to be cytocompatible in nature which tested with

human caucasian fetal lung fibroblast cell line (IMR-90). The electron microscopic study

and structure-property relationship study was carried out in detail using various analytical

techniques. The cytocompatible nature of the methacrylated nanofibers suggests that the

nanofiber containing silver nanoparticles may find practical applications in the field of

microbial filtration.

The cytocompatible nature of PVA nanofiber motivated us to prepare novel

membranes with the incorporation of natural protein using inorganic salts (CaCO3 and

MgCO3). Chapter 6 describes the fabrication of nanofibers derived from PVA-milk

Page 49: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

25

protein and metal carbonates. Physical characterization of nanofibers was carried out in

detail using various analytical techniques.

Chapter 7 describes a novel approach for the preparation PVA hydrogel with a

coordination crosslinker (Fe3+

). The structure-property analysis was carried out in detail

using various analytical techniques. The static and dynamic mechanical property of these

hydrogels were studied in detail and correlated to the network structure. A detailed study

on cytocompatibility was carried out using IMR-90 cell lines and the results are discussed

in detail.

Page 50: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

26

1.8 References

1. Jensen, B. E. B.; Smith, A. A. A.; Fejerskov, B.; Postma, A.; Senn, P.; Reimhult,

E.; Pla-Roca, M.; Isa, L.; Sutherland, D. S.; Stadler, B.; Zelikin, A. N. Langmuir

2011, 27, (16), 10216-10223.

2. Ding, B.; Kim, H. Y.; Lee, S. C.; Lee, D. R.; Choi, K. J. Fibers and Polymers

2002, 3, (2), 73-79.

3. Reneker, D. H.; Chun, I. Nanotechnology 1996, 7, (3), 216-223.

4. Bhowmick, B.; Bain, M. K.; Maity, D.; Bera, N. K.; Mondal, D.; Mollick, M. M.

R.; Maiti, P. K.; Chattopadhyay, D. Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2012,

123, (3), 1630-1635.

5. Zhou, D. H.; Li, Y. H.; Wang, J. Y.; Xu, P.; Han, X. J. Materials Letters 2011, 65,

(23-24), 3601-3604.

6. Castelletto, V.; Hamley, I. W.; Adamcik, J.; Mezzenga, R.; Gummel, J. Soft

Matter 2012, 8, (1), 217-226.

7. Brenner, E. K.; Schiffman, J. D.; Thompson, E. A.; Toth, L. J.; Schauer, C. L.

Carbohydrate Polymers 2012, 87, (1), 926-929.

8. Ye, X. Y.; Huang, X. J.; Xu, Z. K. Chinese Journal of Polymer Science 2012, 30,

(1), 130-137.

9. Mellado, P.; McIlwee, H. A.; Badrossamay, M. R.; Goss, J. A.; Mahadevan, L.;

Parker, K. K. Applied Physics Letters 2011, 99, (20).

10. Gulgunje, P.; Bhat, G.; Spruiell, J. Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2011, 122,

(5), 3110-3121.

Page 51: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

27

11. Straat, M.; Rigdahl, M.; Hagstrom, B. Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2012,

123, (2), 936-943.

12. Chen, H. F.; Du, W. P.; Ye, W.; Pan, D. Journal of Applied Polymer Science

2011, 122, (2), 1176-1181.

13. Arbab, S.; Noorpanah, P.; Mohammadi, N.; Zeinolebadi, A. Journal of Polymer

Research 2011, 18, (6), 1343-1351.

14. Hsia, Y.; Gnesa, E.; Tang, S.; Jeffery, F.; Geurts, P.; Zhao, L.; Franz, A.; Vierra,

C. Appl. Phys. A-Mater. Sci. Process. 2011, 105, (2), 301-309.

15. Chauhan, A.; Kaith, B. Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2012, 123, (3), 1650-

1657.

16. Tang, C.; Ulijn, R. V.; Saiani, A. Langmuir 2011, 27, (23), 14438-14449.

17. Tsang, B. P.; Bretscher, H. S.; Kokona, B.; Manning, R. S.; Fairman, R.

Biochemistry 2011, 50, (40), 8548-8558.

18. Ishii, Y.; Sakai, H.; Murata, H. Materials Letters 2008, 62, (19), 3370-3372.

19. Li, D.; McCann, J. T.; Xia, Y. N., Uniaxial alignment of electrospun nanofibers.

In Polymeric Nanofibers, Reneker, D. H.; Fong, H., Eds. 2006; Vol. 918, pp 319-

329.

20. Ji, W. W.; Yao, J. F.; Zhang, L. X. Journal of Porous Materials 2011, 18, (4),

451-454.

21. Deitzel, J. M.; Kleinmeyer, J.; Harris, D.; Tan, N. C. B. Polymer 2001, 42, (1),

261-272.

22. Megelski, S.; Stephens, J. S.; Chase, D. B.; Rabolt, J. F. Macromolecules 2002,

35, (22), 8456-8466.

Page 52: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

28

23. Shin, Y. M.; Hohman, M. M.; Brenner, M. P.; Rutledge, G. C. Polymer 2001, 42,

(25), 9955-9967.

24. Lubasova, D.; Martinova, L. Journal of Nanomaterials 2011.

25. Samatham, R.; Kim, K. J. Polymer Engineering and Science 2006, 46, (7), 954-

959.

26. Park, S. H.; Yang, D. Y. Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2011, 120, (3),

1800-1807.

27. Watanabe, K.; Kim, B. S.; Enomoto, Y.; Kim, I. S. Macromolecular Materials

and Engineering 2011, 296, (6), 568-573.

28. Vaquette, C.; Kahn, C.; Frochot, C.; Nouvel, C.; Six, J. L.; De Isla, N.; Luo, L.

H.; Cooper-White, J.; Rahouadj, R.; Wang, X. O. Journal of Biomedical

Materials Research Part A 2010, 94A, (4), 1270-1282.

29. Hohman, M. M.; Shin, M.; Rutledge, G.; Brenner, M. P. Physics of Fluids 2001,

13, (8), 2201-2220.

30. Kameoka, J.; Orth, R.; Yang, Y. N.; Czaplewski, D.; Mathers, R.; Coates, G. W.;

Craighead, H. G. Nanotechnology 2003, 14, (10), 1124-1129.

31. Kessick, R.; Tepper, G. Applied Physics Letters 2003, 83, (3), 557-559.

32. Reneker, D. H.; Yarin, A. L.; Zussman, E.; Xu, H., Electrospinning of nanofibers

from polymer solutions and melts. In Advances in Applied Mechanics, Vol 41,

Aref, H.; VanDerGiessen, E., Eds. 2007; Vol. 41, pp 43-195.

33. Reznik, S. N.; Yarin, A. L.; Theron, A.; Zussman, E. Journal of Fluid Mechanics

2004, 516, 349-377.

Page 53: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

29

34. Yarin, A. L.; Koombhongse, S.; Reneker, D. H. Journal of Applied Physics 2001,

90, (9), 4836-4846.

35. Yan, X. R.; Gevelber, M. J. Electrost. 2010, 68, (5), 458-464.

36. Patanaik, A.; Jacobs, V.; Anandjiwala, R. D. Journal of Nanoscience and

Nanotechnology 2011, 11, (2), 1103-1110.

37. Reneker, D. H.; Yarin, A. L. Polymer 2008, 49, (10), 2387-2425.

38. Han, T.; Yarin, A. L.; Reneker, D. H. Polymer 2008, 49, (6), 1651-1658.

39. Vaseashta, A. Applied Physics Letters 2007, 90, (9).

40. Krishnappa, R. V. N.; Desai, K.; Sung, C. M. Journal of Materials Science 2003,

38, (11), 2357-2365.

41. Rnjak-Kovacina, J.; Weiss, A. S. Tissue Eng. Part B-Rev. 2011, 17, (5), 365-372.

42. Barhate, R. S.; Loong, C. K.; Ramakrishna, S. Journal of Membrane Science

2006, 283, (1-2), 209-218.

43. Im, J. S.; Park, S. J.; Kim, T. J.; Kim, Y. H.; Lee, Y. S. Journal of Colloid and

Interface Science 2008, 318, (1), 42-49.

44. Ding, B.; Kim, H. Y.; Lee, S. C.; Shao, C. L.; Lee, D. R.; Park, S. J.; Kwag, G.

B.; Choi, K. J. Journal of Polymer Science Part B-Polymer Physics 2002, 40,

(13), 1261- 1268.

45. Huang, Z. M.; Zhang, Y. Z.; Ramakrishna, S.; Lim, C. T. Polymer 2004, 45, (15),

5361-5368.

46. Jayaraman, K.; Kotaki, M.; Zhang, Y. Z.; Mo, X. M.; Ramakrishna, S. Journal of

Nanoscience and Nanotechnology 2004, 4, (1-2), 52-65.

Page 54: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

30

47. Lee, K. H.; Kim, H. Y.; Khil, M. S.; Ra, Y. M.; Lee, D. R. Polymer 2003, 44, (4),

1287-1294.

48. Cai, Y. B.; Gao, D. W.; Wei, Q. F.; Gu, H. L.; Zhou, S.; Huang, F. L.; Song, L.;

Hu, Y. A.; Gao, W. D. Fibers and Polymers 2011, 12, (1), 145-150.

49. Uyar, T.; Havelund, R.; Hacaloglu, J.; Zhou, X. F.; Besenbacher, F.; Kingshott, P.

Nanotechnology 2009, 20, (12).

50. Wu, N.; Wang, J. X.; Wei, Q. F.; Cai, Y. B.; Lu, B. E-Polymers 2009.

51. Kim, J. S.; Lee, D. S. Polym. J. 2000, 32, (7), 616-618.

52. Kang, H. K.; Shin, H. K.; Jeun, J. P.; Kim, H. B.; Kang, P. H. Macromolecular

Research 2011, 19, (4), 364-369.

53. Liao, C. C.; Wang, C. C.; Shih, K. C.; Chen, C. Y. European Polymer Journal

2011, 47, (5), 911-924.

54. Lee, S. H.; Yoon, J. W.; Suh, M. H. Macromolecular Research 2002, 10, (5), 282-

285.

55. Liu, L.; Huang, Z. M.; He, C. L.; Han, X. J. Materials Science and Engineering a-

Structural Materials Properties Microstructure and Processing 2006, 435, 309-

317.

56. Xu, S. Y.; Shi, Y.; Kim, S. G. Nanotechnology 2006, 17, (17), 4497-4501.

57. Huang, Z. M.; Zhang, Y. Z.; Ramakrishna, S. Journal of Polymer Science Part B-

Polymer Physics 2005, 43, (20), 2852-2861.

58. Ding, Y. H.; Di, W.; Jiang, Y.; Xu, F.; Long, Z. L.; Ren, F. M.; Zhang, P. Ionics

2009, 15, (6), 731-734.

Page 55: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

31

59. Ding, Y. H.; Zhang, P.; Long, Z. L.; Jiang, Y.; Xu, F.; Di, W. Journal of

Membrane Science 2009, 329, (1-2), 56-59.

60. Reddy, N.; Yang, Y. Trends in Biotechnology 2005, 23, (1), 22-27.

61. Eichhorn, S. J.; Dufresne, A.; Aranguren, M.; Marcovich, N. E.; Capadona, J. R.;

Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C.; Thielemans, W.; Roman, M.; Renneckar, S.; Gindl, W.;

Veigel, S.; Keckes, J.; Yano, H.; Abe, K.; Nogi, M.; Nakagaito, A. N.; Mangalam,

A.; Simonsen, J.; Benight, A. S.; Bismarck, A.; Berglund, L. A.; Peijs, T. Journal

of Materials Science 2010, 45, (1), 1-33.

62. Gierer, J. Wood Science and Technology 1986, 20, (1), 1-33.

63. Khristova, P.; Tomkinson, J.; Valchev, I.; Dimitrov, I.; Jones, G. L. Bioresource

Technology 2002, 85, (1), 79-85.

64. Abe, K.; Iwamoto, S.; Yano, H. Biomacromolecules 2007, 8, (10), 3276-3278.

65. Sun, J. X.; Sun, X. F.; Zhao, H.; Sun, R. C. Polym. Degrad. Stabil. 2004, 84, (2),

331-339.

66. Ibrahim, M. M.; Agblevor, F. A.; El-Zawawy, W. K. BioResources 2010, 5, (1),

397-418.

67. Hirai, T.; Maruyama, H.; Suzuki, T.; Hayashi, S. Journal of Applied Polymer

Science 1992, 46, (8), 1449-1451.

68. Stauffer, S. R.; Peppas, N. A. Polymer 1992, 33, (18), 3932-3936.

69. An, Y.; Koyama, T.; Hanabusa, K.; Shirai, H.; Ikeda, J.; Yoneno, H.; Itoh, T.

Polymer 1995, 36, (11), 2297-2301.

70. Gimenez, V.; Mantecon, A.; Cadiz, V. Journal of Polymer Science Part a-

Polymer Chemistry 1996, 34, (6), 925-934.

Page 56: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

32

71. Shibayama, M.; Takeuchi, T.; Nomura, S. Macromolecules 1994, 27, (19), 5350-

5358.

72. Uhlich, T.; Ulbricht, M.; Tomaschewski, G.; Stosser, R. Journal of Applied

Polymer Science 1995, 58, (9), 1567-1576.

73. Ai, L.; Bai, H. Y.; Liu, S. L.; Jiang, S. S.; Wang, M.; Liu, X. Y.; Xia, W. S.,

Preparation and Properties of Photo-Cross-Linked PVA-SbQ/Hyaluronic Acid

Hydrogel. In Environmental Science and Engineering, Warren, H., Ed. 2010; Vol.

1, pp 78-81.

74. Kudo, S.; Otsuka, E.; Suzuki, A. Journal of Polymer Science Part B-Polymer

Physics 2010, 48, (18), 1978-1986.

75. Jiang, T.; Wang, G. X.; Qiu, J. H.; Luo, L. L.; Zhang, G. Q. J. Med. Biol. Eng.

2009, 29, (2), 102-107.

76. Huang, X.; Zuo, Y.; Li, J. D.; Li, Y. B. Mater. Res. Innov. 2009, 13, (2), 98-102.

77. Jiang, S.; Liu, S.; Feng, W. H. J. Mech. Behav. Biomed. Mater. 2011, 4, (7), 1228-

1233.

78. Boulos, N. N.; Greenfield, H.; Wills, R. B. H. Int. J. Food Prop. 2000, 3, (2), 217-

231.

79. Vismara, E.; Gastaldi, G.; Valerio, A.; Bertini, S.; Cosentino, C.; Eisle, G. Journal

of Materials Chemistry 2009, 19, (45), 8678-8686.

80. Matthew, H. W.; Salley, S. O.; Peterson, W. D.; Klein, M. D. Biotechnol. Prog.

1993, 9, (5), 510-519.

81. Darvari, R.; Hasirci, V. Journal of Microencapsulation 1996, 13, (1), 9-24.

Page 57: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

33

82. Ishihara, K.; Fukumoto, K.; Miyazaki, H.; Nakabayashi, N. Artificial Organs

1994, 18, (8), 559-564.

83. Rosic, R.; Kocbek, P.; Baumgartner, S.; Kristl, J. Journal of Drug Delivery

Science and Technology 2011, 21, (3), 229-236.

84. Solway, D. R.; Clark, W. A.; Levinson, D. J. International Wound Journal 2011,

8, (1), 69-73.

85. Stana-Kleinschek, K.; Persin, Z.; Maver, T. Materiali in Tehnologije 2011, 45,

(3), 253-257.

86. Wang, J. P.; Zhu, Y. Z.; Du, J. Journal of Mechanics in Medicine and Biology

2011, 11, (2), 285-306.

87. Matthew, I. R.; Browne, R. M.; Frame, J. W.; Millar, B. G. British Journal of

Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery 1993, 31, (3), 165-169.

88. Matthew, I. R.; Browne, R. M.; Frame, J. W.; Millar, B. G. Biomaterials 1995,

16, (4), 275-278.

89. Piaggesi, A.; Baccetti, F.; Rizzo, L.; Romanelli, M.; Navalesi, R.; Benzi, L.

Diabetic Medicine 2001, 18, (4), 320-324.

90. Nirmala, R.; Lee, J. H.; Navamathavan, R.; Yang, J. H.; Kim, H. Y. Materials

Letters 2011, 65, (17-18), 2772-2775.

91. Wan, C. Y.; Chen, B. Q. Biomedical Materials 2011, 6, (5).

92. Jang, K.; Baek, I. W.; Back, S. Y.; Ahn, H. Journal of Nanoscience and

Nanotechnology 2011, 11, (7), 6102-6108.

93. Sato, A.; Wang, R.; Ma, H. Y.; Hsiao, B. S.; Chu, B. Journal of Electron

Microscopy 2011, 60, (3), 201-209.

Page 58: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

34

94. Kim, B. H.; Yang, K. S.; Woo, H. G.; Oshida, K. Synthetic Metals 2011, 161, (13-

14), 1211-1216.

95. Chen, J. P.; Chang, Y. S. Colloids and Surfaces B-Biointerfaces 2011, 86, (1),

169-175.

96. Chen, L. J.; Liao, J. D.; Chuang, Y. J.; Hsu, K. C.; Chiang, Y. F.; Fu, Y. S.

Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2011, 121, (1), 154-160.

97. Dhanabalan, A.; Yu, Y.; Li, X. F.; Bechtold, K.; Maier, J.; Wang, C. L., In

Micro- and Nanotechnology Sensors, Systems, and Applications Ii, George, T.;

Islam, M. S.; Dutta, A. K., Eds. 2010; Vol. 7679.

98. Lin, Z.; Woodroof, M. D.; Ji, L. W.; Liang, Y. Z.; Krause, W.; Zhang, X. W.

Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2010, 116, (2), 895-901.

99. Yu, Y.; Gu, L.; Zhu, C. B.; van Aken, P. A.; Maier, J. Journal of the American

Chemical Society 2009, 131, (44), 15984-+.

100. Gopal, R.; Kaur, S.; Ma, Z. W.; Chan, C.; Ramakrishna, S.; Matsuura, T. Journal

of Membrane Science 2006, 281, (1-2), 581-586.

101. Aussawasathien, D.; Teerawattananon, C.; Vongachariya, A. Journal of

Membrane Science 2008, 315, (1-2), 11-19.

102. Hosseini, S. A.; Tafreshi, H. V. Powder Technology 2011, 212, (3), 425-431.

103. Hung, C. H.; Leung, W. W. F. Separation and Purification Technology 2011, 79,

(1), 34-42.

104. Yeom, B. Y.; Shim, E.; Pourdeyhimi, B. Macromolecular Research 2010, 18, (9),

884-890.

Page 59: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

35

105. Ma, Z. W.; Kotaki, M.; Ramarkrishna, S. Journal of Membrane Science 2006,

272, (1-2), 179-187.

106. Zhang, H. T.; Nie, H. L.; Yu, D. G.; Wu, C. Y.; Zhang, Y. L.; White, C. J. B.;

Zhu, L. M. Desalination 2010, 256, (1-3), 141-147.

107. Borges, A. C.; Eyholzer, C.; Duc, F.; Bourban, P. E.; Tingaut, P.; Zimmermann,

T.; Pioletti, D. P.; Manson, J. A. E. Acta Biomater. 2011, 7, (9), 3412-3421.

108. Li, X. Y.; Hu, A. Y.; Ye, L. Journal of Polymers and the Environment 2011, 19,

(2), 398-404.

109. Aubert, N.; Mauzac, M.; Jozefonvicz, J. Biomaterials 1987, 8, (1), 24-29.

110. Franssen, O.; Vos, O. P.; Hennink, W. E. Journal of Controlled Release 1997, 44,

(2-3), 237-245.

111. vanDijkWolthuis, W. N. E.; Hoogeboom, J. A. M.; vanSteenbergen, M. J.; Tsang,

S. K. Y.; Hennink, W. E. Macromolecules 1997, 30, (16), 4639-4645.

112. Nguyen, T. B. L.; Lee, K. H.; Lee, B. T. Journal of Materials Science 2011, 46,

(17), 5615-5620.

113. Wang, X. F.; Zhang, K.; Yang, Y.; Wang, L. L.; Zhou, Z.; Zhu, M. F.; Hsiao, B.

S.; Chu, B. Journal of Membrane Science 2010, 356, (1-2), 110-116.

114. Chen, J.; Saeki, F.; Wiley, B. J.; Cang, H.; Cobb, M. J.; Li, Z. Y.; Au, L.; Zhang,

H.; Kimmey, M. B.; Li, X. D.; Xia, Y. Nano Letters 2005, 5, (3), 473-477.

115. Ganji, F.; Vasheghani-Farahani, E. Iranian Polymer Journal 2009, 18, (1), 63-88.

116. Jiang, H. L.; Fang, D. F.; Hsiao, B. S.; Chu, B.; Chen, W. L. Biomacromolecules

2004, 5, (2), 326-333.

Page 60: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

36

117. Lee, K. Y.; Jeong, L.; Kang, Y. O.; Lee, S. J.; Park, W. H. Advanced Drug

Delivery Reviews 2009, 61, (12), 1020-1032.

118. Yoshimoto, H.; Shin, Y. M.; Terai, H.; Vacanti, J. P. Biomaterials 2003, 24, (12),

2077-2082.

119. McCullen, S. D.; Haslauer, C. M.; Loboa, E. G. Journal of Materials Chemistry

20, (40), 8776-8788.

120. Rujitanaroj, P. O.; Pimpha, N.; Supaphol, P. Polymer 2008, 49, (21), 4723-4732.

121. Kong, H.; Jang, J. Langmuir 2008, 24, (5), 2051-2056.

122. Langer, R. Science 1990, 249, (4976), 1527-1533.

123. Khang, G.; Choee, J. H.; Rhee, J. M.; Lee, H. B. Journal of Applied Polymer

Science 2002, 85, (6), 1253-1262.

124. Liu, L.; Guo, S. R.; Chang, J.; Ning, C. Q.; Dong, C. M.; Yan, D. Y. Journal of

Biomedical Materials Research Part B-Applied Biomaterials 2008, 87B, (1), 244-

250.

125. Schmedlen, K. H.; Masters, K. S.; West, J. L. Biomaterials 2002, 23, (22), 4325-

4332.

126. Wang, M. B.; Li, Y. B.; Wu, J. Q.; Xu, F. L.; Zuo, Y.; Jansen, J. A. Journal of

Biomedical Materials Research Part A 2008, 85A, (2), 418-426.

127. Anzola, G. P.; Costa, A.; Magoni, M.; Guindani, M.; Cobelli, M. European

Journal of Neurology 1995, 2, (6), 566-569.

128. Degirmenbasi, N.; Kalyon, D. M.; Birinci, E. Colloids and Surfaces B-

Biointerfaces 2006, 48, (1), 42-49.

Page 61: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

37

129. Jiang, H. J.; Campbell, G.; Boughner, D.; Wan, W. K.; Quantz, M. Medical

Engineering & Physics 2004, 26, (4), 269-277.

130. Kassam, S. I.; Lu, C.; Buckley, N.; Lee, R. Anesthesia and Analgesia 2011, 112,

(6), 1339-1345.

131. Streitner, I.; Goldhofer, M.; Cho, S. B.; Thielecke, H.; Kinscherf, R.; Streitner, F.;

Metz, J.; Haase, K. K.; Borggrefe, M.; Suselbeck, T. Atherosclerosis 2009, 206,

(2), 464-468.

132. Ma, R. Y.; Xiong, D. S.; Miao, F.; Zhang, J. F.; Peng, Y. Journal of Biomedical

Materials Research Part A 2010, 93A, (3), 1016-1019.

133. Chen, J. P.; Chang, G. Y.; Chen, J. K. Colloids and Surfaces a-Physicochemical

and Engineering Aspects 2008, 313, 183-188.

134. Liu, W. J.; Zhang, Z. C.; Liu, H. R.; He, W. D.; Ge, X. W.; Wang, M. Z.

Materials Letters 2007, 61, (8-9), 1801-1804.

135. Zhu, C. Y.; Xue, J. F.; He, J. H. Journal of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology

2009, 9, (5), 3067-3074.

136. Thomas, V.; Bajpai, M.; Bajpai, S. K. Journal of Industrial Textiles 40, (3), 229-

245.

137. Wege, H. A.; Kim, S.; Paunov, V. N.; Zhong, Q. X.; Velev, O. D. Langmuir 2008,

24, (17), 9245-9253.

138. Kong, H.; Jang, J. Chemical Communications 2006, (28), 3010-3012.

139. Xu, X. Y.; Yang, Q. B.; Wang, Y. Z.; Yu, H. J.; Chen, X. S.; Jing, X. B.

European Polymer Journal 2006, 42, (9), 2081-2087.

Page 62: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

38

140. Luong, N. D.; Lee, Y.; Nam, J. D. European Polymer Journal 2008, 44, (10),

3116-3121.

141. Ayala, D. F.; Ferre, V.; Judd, S. J. Journal of Membrane Science 2011, 378, (1-2),

95-100.

142. Barakat, M. A. Arabian Journal of Chemistry 2011, 4, (4), 361-377.

143. Howell, J. A. Desalination 2004, 162, (1-3), 1-11.

144. Smit, E., Electrospinning Nanofibres for Water Treatment Applications. Caister

Academic Press: Wymondham, 2010; p 155-166.

145. Lee, J. A.; Nam, Y. S.; Rutledge, G. C.; Hammond, P. T. Advanced Functional

Materials 2010, 20, (15), 2424-2429.

146. Ki, C. S.; Gang, E. H.; Um, N. C.; Park, Y. H. Journal of Membrane Science

2007, 302, (1-2), 20-26.

147. Soylak, M.; Unsal, Y. E.; Kizil, N.; Aydin, A. Food and Chemical Toxicology 48,

(2), 517-521.

148. Salehi, E.; Madaeni, S. S. Applied Surface Science 256, (10), 3010-3017.

149. Saeed, K.; Haider, S.; Oh, T. J.; Park, S. Y. Journal of Membrane Science 2008,

322, (2), 400-405.

150. Ramakrishna, S.; Fujihara, K.; Teo, W. E.; Yong, T.; Ma, Z. W.; Ramaseshan, R.

Materials Today 2006, 9, (3), 40-50.

151. Guillen, G. R.; Farrell, T. P.; Kaner, R. B.; Hoek, E. M. V. Journal of Materials

Chemistry 20, (22), 4621-4628.

152. Benhamou, A.; Baudu, M.; Derriche, Z.; Basly, J. P. Journal of Hazardous

Materials 2009, 171, (1-3), 1001-1008.

Page 63: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

39

153. Aguado, J.; Arsuaga, J. M.; Arencibia, A.; Lindo, M.; Gascon, V. Journal of

Hazardous Materials 2009, 163, (1), 213-221.

154. Wang, H. J.; Kang, J.; Liu, H. J.; Qu, J. H. Journal of Environmental Sciences-

China 2009, 21, (11), 1473-1479.

155. Savage, N.; Diallo, M. S. Journal of Nanoparticle Research 2005, 7, (4-5), 331-

342.

156. Pignon, H.; Brasquet, C.; La Cloirec, P. Water Science and Technology 2000, 42,

(5-6), 355-362.

157. Vaclavikova, M.; Jakabsky, S.; Hredzak, S., In Nanoengineered Nanofibrous

Materials, Guceri, S.; Gogotsi, Y. G.; Kuznetsov, V., Eds. Springer: Dordrecht,

2004; Vol. 169, pp 481-486.

158. Hu, J.; Chen, G. H.; Lo, I. M. C. Water Research 2005, 39, (18), 4528-4536.

159. Doyen, W.; Leysen, R.; Mottar, J.; Waes, G. Desalination 1990, 79, (2-3), 163-

179.

160. Ngomsik, A. F.; Bee, A.; Siaugue, J. M.; Talbot, D.; Cabuil, V.; Cote, G. Journal

of Hazardous Materials 2009, 166, (2-3), 1043-1049.

161. Tang, S. C. N.; Wang, P.; Yin, K.; Lo, I. M. C. Environmental Engineering

Science 2010, 27, (11), 947-954.

162. An, B.; Liang, Q. Q.; Zhao, D. Y. Water Research 2011, 45, (5), 1961-1972.

163. Gomes, J. A. G.; Daida, P.; Kesmez, M.; Weir, M.; Moreno, H.; Parga, J. R.;

Irwin, G.; McWhinney, H.; Grady, T.; Peterson, E.; Cocke, D. L. Journal of

Hazardous Materials 2007, 139, (2), 220-231.

Page 64: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

40

164. Ohe, K.; Oshima, T.; Baba, Y. Environmental Geochemistry and Health 2010, 32,

(4), 283-286.

165. Chowdhury, S. R.; Yanful, E. K. Water and Environment Journal 2011, 25, (3),

429-437.

166. Panda, L.; Das, B.; Rao, D. S.; Mishra, B. K. Journal of Hazardous Materials

2011, 192, (2), 822-831.

167. Qin, Q. D.; Wang, Q. Q.; Fu, D. F.; Ma, J. Chemical Engineering Journal 2011,

172, (1), 68-74.

168. Ghaedi, M.; Shokrollahi, A.; Tavallali, H.; Shojaiepoor, F.; Keshavarz, B.;

Hossainian, H.; Soylak, M.; Purkait, M. K. Toxicological and Environmental

Chemistry 2011, 93, (3), 438-449.

169. Wang, H.; Yu, Y. F.; Chen, Q. W.; Cheng, K. Dalton Transactions 2011, 40, (3),

559-563.

170. Simonescu, C. M.; Dinca, O. R.; Oprea, O.; Capatina, C. Revista De Chimie 2011,

62, (2), 183-188.

171. Chen, C. L.; Wang, X. K.; Nagatsu, M. Environmental Science & Technology

2009, 43, (7), 2362-2367.

172. Salehi, E.; Madaeni, S. S. Applied Surface Science 2010, 256, (10), 3010-3017.

173. Guillen, G. R.; Farrell, T. P.; Kaner, R. B.; Hoek, E. M. V. Journal of Materials

Chemistry 2010, 20, (22), 4621-4628.

174. Desai, K.; Kit, K.; Li, J. J.; Davidson, P. M.; Zivanovic, S.; Meyer, H. Polymer

2009, 50, (15), 3661-3669.

Page 65: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

41

175. Baek, D. H.; Ki, C. S.; Um, I. C.; Park, Y. H. Fibers and Polymers 2007, 8, (3),

271-277.

176. Wang, H. X.; Ding, H.; Lee, B.; Wang, X. G.; Lin, T. Journal of Membrane

Science 2007, 303, (1-2), 119-125.

177. Takahashi, Y.; Danwittayakul, S.; Suzuki, T. M. Analyst 2009, 134, (7), 1380-

1385.

178. Sang, Y. M.; Li, F. S.; Gu, Q. B.; Liang, C. Z.; Chen, J. Q. Desalination 2008,

223, (1-3), 349-360.

179. Kamari, A.; Pulford, I. D.; Hargreaves, J. S. J. Journal of Environmental

Management 2011, 92, (10), 2675-2682.

180. Barakat, M. A.; Schmidt, E. Desalination 2010, 256, (1-3), 90-93.

181. Negm, N. A.; Ali, H. E. Engineering in Life Sciences 2010, 10, (3), 218-224.

182. Rahimpour, A.; Madaeni, S. S.; Ghorbani, S.; Shockravi, A.; Mansourpanah, Y.

Applied Surface Science 2010, 256, (6), 1825-1831.

183. Saxena, N.; Prabhavathy, C.; De, S.; DasGupta, S. Separation and Purification

Technology 2009, 70, (2), 160-165.

184. Tang, Z. H.; Qiu, C. Q.; McCutcheon, J. R.; Yoon, K.; Ma, H. Y.; Fang, D. F.;

Lee, E.; Kopp, C.; Hsiao, B. S.; Chu, B. Journal of Polymer Science Part B-

Polymer Physics 2009, 47, (22), 2288-2300.

185. Yoon, K.; Hsiao, B. S.; Chu, B. Polymer 2009, 50, (13), 2893-2899.

186. Homaeigohar, S. S.; Buhr, K.; Ebert, K. Journal of Membrane Science 2010, 365,

(1-2), 68-77.

Page 66: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

42

187. Liang, H.; Tian, J.Y. ; He, W.J.; Han, H.D.; Chen, Z.L.; Li, G.B. Journal of

chemical technology and biotechnology 2009, 84, (8), 1229-1233.

188. Khadse, G.K.; Kalita, M.D.; Pimpalkar, S.N.; Labhasetwar, P.K. Water resources

management 2011, 25, (13), 3321-3342.

189. Mostafavi, S. T.; Mehrnia, M. R.; Rashidi, A. M. Desalination 2009, 238, (1-3),

271-280.

190. Ignatova, M.; Manolova, N.; Rashkov, I. European Polymer Journal 2007, 43,

(4), 1112-1122.

191. Bjorge, D.; Daels, N.; De Vrieze, S.; Dejans, P.; Van Camp, T.; Audenaert, W.;

Hogie, J.; Westbroek, P.; De Clerck, K.; Van Hulle, S. W. H. Desalination 2009,

249, (3), 942-948.

192. Sondi, I.; Salopek-Sondi, B. Journal of Colloid and Interface Science 2004, 275,

(1), 177-182.

193. Li, Q. L.; Mahendra, S.; Lyon, D. Y.; Brunet, L.; Liga, M. V.; Li, D.; Alvarez, P.

J. J. Water Research 2008, 42, (18), 4591-4602.

194. Kaur, S.; Kotaki, M.; Ma, Z.; Gopal, R.; Ramakrishna, S.; Ng, S. C. Int. J.

Nanosci. 2006, 5, 1-11.

195. Doh, S. J.; Kim, C.; Lee, S. G.; Lee, S. J.; Kim, H. Journal of Hazardous

Materials 2008, 154, (1-3), 118-127.

196. Zhang, X. W.; Du, A. J.; Lee, P. F.; Sun, D. D.; Leckie, J. O. Journal of

Membrane Science 2008, 313, (1-2), 44-51.

Page 67: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

43

Chapter-2

Nanofibrous Poly (vinyl alcohol) Membranes for

Removal of Nanoparticles from Aqueous

Environment

This chapter is published as a full paper in Nanoscale, 2011, 3, 4625–4631; DOI:

10.1039/c1nr10739a.

Page 68: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

44

2.1 Introduction

The recent applications of nanotechnology in commercial products1, 2

and pharmaceutical

fields3 has increased the number of new innovative products in the market, but at the same

time is expected to pose a threat to our environment due to poor waste disposal. Improper

disposal of nanomaterials incorporated products will enhance accumulation and long time

exposure to living system, which may cause serious health concerns in the near future.

Various studies have shown that nanoparticles enter human body through multiple ways

such as inhalation, dietary route and skin contact with contaminated samples. Such

contamination poses significant hazard to humans and other living beings as the small size

of nanoparticles facilitate transport across cell membranes to various organs. It is also

known that some nanoparticles are toxic to living systems.4-7

Mesoporous materials such

as silica,8-10

carbonaceous materials,11, 12

magnetic nanomaterials, 13, 14

and asbestos

nanoparticles15

are widely used for heavy metal removal from waste water.

Membrane technology provided solution for water purification due to low cost, high

surface area, easy handling, recyclability and reusability.16, 17

Resently, nanofibrous

membranes has attracted interest in many advanced application due to their unique

properties, such as high volume to surface ratio and interesting porous structures with

superior mechanical properties.18, 19

This technique offers controllable fiber diameter, pore

size and orientation at a lower cost. Nanofibrous membranes are known to offer high

separation rates for the removal of micron to sub-micron particles from water. Several

researchers have been attempted to prepare electrospun membranes derived from nylon-6,

polyvinylidene fluoride and polysulfone were used as pre-filters for the removal of

polystyrene micro-particles.20-23

Page 69: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

45

Recently, electrospun nanofibers derived from different biopolymers such as

chitosan24

and silk fibroin/wool keratose25

were used for the removal of heavy metal ions

from aqueous media. The extraction efficiency can be enhanced by modifying surface

functional groups, which interact with toxic metal ions. Surface modification can be

achieved in a variety of ways which includes coating of nanofibers with synthetic

polymers and covalent linking of functional groups onto the nanofiber surface. Dioxime

modified poly (acrylonitrile),26

polypyrrole coated poly (vinylidene fluoride),27

dithizone

nanofiber coated membrane,28

and chloridized polyvinyl chloride29

were investigated for

the adsorption of various heavy metal ions. All these nanofibers showed high adsorption

efficiency due to their large surface area with suitable functional groups.

In this study, we propose the development of nanofibrous membranes using

electrospinning for the removal of nanoparticles from aqueous environment. Although

several investigations have combined the usage of heavy metal removal by nanofibrous

membranes, the removal of nanoparticles from water has not been investigated in detail.

In this context, we have fabricated PVA nanofibers and chemically modified the surface to

incorporate amine and thiols, which could act as strong ligating groups for nanoparticles.

The adsorption capacity was quantified by UV-Vis spectroscopy and the adsorption of

nanoparticles on the surface of nanofiber was confirmed by FESEM.

2.2 Experimental section

2.2.1 Materials

PVA with average molecular weight of 146,000 - 186,000, silver nitrate (AgNO3),

hydrogen tetrachloroaurate trihydrate (HAuCl4·3H2O), sodium citrate tribasic dihydrate

(Na3C6H5O7·2H2O), mercaptopropionic acid (MPA) and mercaptosuccinic acid (MSA)

Page 70: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

46

were purchased from Sigma Aldrich and used as received. Glutaraldehyde, lysine and HCl

were purchased from Merck. The solvents used were of analytical grade and purchased

from local suppliers. Ultrapure water was used for solution preparations.

2.2.2 Synthesis of citrate-stabilized gold (Au NP) and silver (Ag NP) nanoparticles

Citrate capped gold nanoparticles were synthesized following a reported procedure.30

Briefly, 10 mL aqueous solution of HAuCl4·3H2O (5 10-3

M) was diluted to 190 mL

with ultrapure water and was heated to boiling. Sodium citrate solution (0.5%, 10 mL)

was added and continued boiling until a color change was observed. Color of the boiling

solution gradually changed to wine red, indicating the formation of Au NP colloidal

solution. The final solution was cooled to room temperature and topped up to 200 mL with

water to account for boiling.

Similarly, AgNO3 solution (5 10-3

M, 25 mL) was prepared and diluted to 200 mL

with water. Solution was heated to boiling and 10 mL of 1% sodium citrate solution was

added. The boiling was continued until a color change (pale yellow) was observed, cooled

to room temperature and the solution was diluted to 250 mL for further usage.

2.2.3 Fabrication of PVA nanofibers by electrospinning technique

Aqueous solution of PVA (10 wt%) was prepared by heating at 80 °C in water under

constant stirring for 2 hrs. This solution was used for the preparation of nanofibers by

electrospinning. The electrospinning set up consists of a hypodermic syringe and a needle

with an internal diameter of 1.2 mm. A programmable syringe pump (Optrobio

Technologies Pte Ltd) was used to feed the PVA solution. Positive electrode was

connected to the syringe needle containing polymer solution and negative electrode was

connected to the grounded aluminum foil covered copper plate which served as the

Page 71: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

47

collector. The experiment was carried out at a positive high voltage of 15 – 18 kV.

Distance between the needle tip and the collecting plate was maintained at 10 cm with a

flow rate of 8 µL/min under ambient conditions. The resultant PVA fibers were

crosslinked using gluteraldehyde in presence of acid by ionic mechanism.

2.2.4 Incorporation of surface thiol and amine functional by surface modification

technique

Surface hydroxyl groups of PVA NFs were modified with thiol groups by the reaction

with mercaptopropionic acid (MPA) in presence of hydrochloric acid.31

Typically, cross

linked PVA NFs (0.1g) in water (10 mL) was kept at 80 °C, then a mixture of MPA (0.2

mL) and HCl (0.04 mL, 7N) in water was added drop wise over 20 min.

+

(PVA) (MPA) A. (PVA-MPA)

MSA modified PVA Lysine modified PVA

B. (PVA-MSA) C. (PVA-LYS)

Figure 2.1: Reaction scheme of surface modification of PVA-NFs with A. MPA (PVA-

MPA); B. MSA (PVA-MSA); and C. Lysine (PVA-LYS).

HCH2C

OH

HO O

SH

O O

HCH2C

HCH2C

OH

SH

H2O, H+, 80 °C

O O

COOH

HCH2C

HCH2C

SH

OHO O

HCH2C

HCH2C

OH

NH2

NH2

Page 72: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

48

The temperature was maintained at 80 °C for 8 h, cooled to room temperature, filtered,

washed with water to remove excess amount of acid and dried. A similar procedure was

also followed for the surface modification with mercaptosuccinic acid (MSA) and lysine.

2.2.5 Nanoparticle extraction study using the surface modified PVA nanofibers

To test the filtration capacity of the PVA and surface modified PVA NFs (4 - 5 mg) were

added to 10 mL of citrate stabilized Au NP or Ag NP solutions (2 10-4

M) for different

time intervals at room temperature. Then the whole mixture was kept for constant shaking

at room temperature. For all samples 3 sets of experiments was carried out to find out the

error bar during our experimentations. At a certain time intervals the nanoparticle

solutions were removed and the percentage of nanoparticle extracted was calculated from

the concentration of nanoparticles remained versus the original concentration of

nanoparticle solution. For this quantification, nanoparticle solutions were analysed by UV-

Vis spectroscopy. The time dependent adsorption efficiency was plotted from the

corresponding data obtained.

2.2.6 Desorption study of nanoparticles from nanofiber

Nanoparticle adsorbed nanofibers were kept for shaking with 2M HCl for 2 hr at room

temperature. The acid desorbed nanofiber samples were cleaned thoroughly with DI water.

But for lysine modified nanofibers, during acid washing there may be chance of

protonation on amine groups and hence are kept for shaking with dilute sodium

bicarbonate solution. Then the samples were cleaned thoroughly with DI water and used

for readsorption studies with corresponding nanoparticle solution.

Page 73: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

49

2.3 Characterization

The resultant fiber morphology was characterized by JEOL JSM-6701F field emission

scanning electron micrograph equipped with energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS)

and surface area was analyzed using Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET). The electrospun

nanofibers collected on glass cover slips were mounted on copper stubs with a double

sided conducting carbon tape and carefully coated with a thin layer of platinum and

examined. As synthesized nanoparticles were deposited on carbon coated copper grids and

used for transmission electron microscopy (TEM) study using JEOL JEM 2010, operating

at 200 kV. The quantitative measurements of nanoparticles were carried out by UV-Vis

spectra recorded on a Shimadzu UV-1601 PC spectrophotometer. Surface modifications

of PVA NFs were characterized by attenuated total reflectance – infra red (ATR- IR)

spectroscopy.

2.4 Results and discussion

2.4.1 Morphological and spectroscopic analysis

Non-woven PVA nanofibrous mats were prepared using electrospinning technique. It was

observed that stable jets could be formed when applied voltage of 15 kV was used. The

electrospinning process employs high voltage to create an electrically charged jet of

polymer solution. Oppositely charged supply was connected to the needle and grounded

collector plate. As the magnitude of voltage is increased, the hemispherical surface of the

liquid lengthens to form a taylor cone and comes out as fiber with nanodimensions. After

a critical voltage is applied, the electrostatic force will overcome the surface tension and

the charged jet is ejected from the tip of the taylor cone which undergoes a process of

elongation and evaporation to produce polymer nanofibers. The polymer flow rate of 8

Page 74: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

50

1 µm

A

µl/min and the distance between the electrode and the collecting plate was maintained at

10 cm for all samples. Figure 2.2A shows the SEM images of the membranes prepared

from PVA. The morphology of fabricated nanofibers showed smooth surface without any

bead formation. The average diameter of PVA nanofiber was between 300 and 500 nm. In

order to make the nanofibers applicable in nanoparticle adsorption from water, the

nanofibers were cross-linked by glutaraldehyde in acidic condition. In comparison to

conventional melt spinning fabrication techniques, electrospinning technique gives

ultrafine fibers with high surface area to volume ratio. The BET surface area of PVA NFs

shows that the 3D porous fiber mat has a surface area of 5.29 m2 g

-1.

The adsorption capacity of nanoparticle solely depends on the functional groups

present on the surface of the nanofiber. In order to increase the adsorption capacity,

surface hydroxyl groups of PVA NFs were modified by lysine, MSA and MPA. The acid

group of the selected monomer reacts with hydroxyl groups on the polymer backbone to

form ester linkages. The incorporation of surface functional groups was characterised by

ATR-IR spectroscopy (Figure 2.2B).

Figure 2.2: A. FESEM image of electrospun PVA nanofibers and B. ATR-IR of PVA

NFs and PVA NFs surface modified with MSA, MPA and Lysine.

4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000

D

B

A

1646 c

m-1

2552 c

m-1

Ab

sorb

an

ce

Wavenumber (cm-1)

A. PVA-LYS NF

B. PVA-MSA NF

C. PVA-MPA NF

D. PVA NF

C

B

Page 75: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

51

ATR-FTIR spectrum of the MPA and MSA functionalized PVA NFs showed a

characteristic absorption associated with the stretching mode of the S-H group at 2552 cm-

1. For all nanofibers, the broad absorption at 3000 - 3600 cm

-1 corresponds to the O-H

stretching vibrations. For PVA-LYS NFs, the N-H stretching vibration overlap with the

hydroxyl region. PVA-LYS NFs showed characteristic N-H bending vibration at 1646 cm-

1 and medium-weak bands (1250 - 1020 cm

-1) due to C-N stretching vibrations. Alcohols

also gave a strong and broad band due to C-O stretching in the 1000 - 1200 cm-1

region

which overlaps the amine bands.

FESEM image of surface modified-PVA NFs is shown in Figure 2.3. All nanofibers

formed a highly porous mesh-like structure with fiber diameter ranging from 300 to 500

nm. From the SEM image of PVA-MPA NFs, it was observed that the fibers were

interconnected (Figure 2.4C). It was also observed that the PVA-MPA NFs mats are

slightly rigid and shrunk compared with the unmodified PVA NFs owing to the formation

of disulphide crosslinks between the sulfur groups of MPA. Such cross-linking networks

were not observed in the case of PVA-LYS NFs.

C

1 µm

B

1 µm

A

1 µm

Figure 2.3: Scanning electron micrograph images of the surface modified (A). PVA-LYS

NFs; (B). PVA-MSA NFs; (C).PVA-MPA NFs.

Page 76: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

52

20 nm20 nm

BA

2.4.2 Adsorption of nanoparticles by using designed nanofibers

Two metal nanoparticles (Au and Ag) were used for our investigation. Nanoparticles were

synthesized using reported procedure and fully characterized. The morphology and size of

synthesized Au NPs (15 - 20 nm) and Ag NPs (20 - 40 nm) were characterized using TEM

(Figure 2.4). UV-Vis spectra of Au and Ag NPs showed absorbance maxima at 518 nm

and at 420 nm, respectively.

Figure 2.4: TEM images of (A) citrate capped Au NPs and (B) citrate capped Ag NPs.

To investigate the nanoparticle adsorption capacity by using our functionalized

nanofiber, a known amount of nanofibers were kept for constant shaking with nanoparticle

solution. It is well understood that the adsorption of the metal nanoparticles depends on

the active functional groups on the fiber surface and the nature of the nanoparticles. For

this study, different surface modified nanofibers were added to the aqueous solutions of

nanoparticles (2 10-4

M ) and shaken at various time intervals (3 hr 20 min for Ag NPs

and 2 hr 30 min for Au NPs). At a regular intervals, aliquots were collected and quantified

using UV spectroscopy. Percentage of Ag NPs and Au NPs adsorbed on different

nanofibers from aquous solutions is shown in Figure 2.5. From this figure, it can be seen

Page 77: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

53

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210

Ag

NP

ad

so

rbe

d (

%)

Time (min)

PVA-LYS NF

PVA-MSA NF

PVA-MPA NF

PVA NF

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 30 60 90 120 150

Au

NP

ad

so

rbe

d (

%)

Time (min)

PVA-LYS NF

PVA-MSA NF

PVA-MPA NF

PVA NF

that PVA-LYS NFs have stronger affinity towards the Ag NPs, whereas PVA-MPA,

PVA-MSA and PVA-LYS NFs showed higher affinity towards the Au NPs. However,

with PVA-MPA and PVA-MSA NFs, only 50% of Ag NPs was adsorbed from aqueous

solution. Unmodified PVA NFs showed 20% adsorption capacity for both Ag and Au

NPs. This can be explained by the nanoparticle-nanofiber interaction which depends on

the functional group present on the nanofiber surface. According to hard-soft acid-base

(HSAB) theory, sulfur acts as a soft donor and nitrogen as a borderline donor atom.

Furthermore, Pal et al.32

explored the stronger interaction of gold towards soft sulfur atom.

Similarly, silver is comparatively less soft than gold and shows stronger interaction

toward nitrogen.

Figure 2.5: Time-dependent adsorption efficiencies of citrate capped-AgNPs and AuNPs

(2 10-4

M solutions) on different surface modified-PVA nanofibers.

PVA-MPA and PVA-MSA NFs showed strong interaction with Au NPs. Similarly,

Xie et al.33

demonstrated that interaction of Ag towards nitrogen is stronger with respect

to sulfur and the amine groups preferably coordinate to silver atoms which form normal

co-ordinate bonds whereas thiol groups showed weak interaction with silver atoms.

Higher adsorption efficiency of PVA-LYS NFs towards Ag NPs can be attributed to the

presence of free terminal –NH2 groups. Figure 2.6A represents the UV-Vis spectra of

Page 78: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

54

400 450 500 550 600 650 700

Wavelength(nm)

Ab

so

rba

nc

e (

a.u

)

Original Filtrate

After filtration

Original Au

NP solution

B

300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

Ab

so

rba

nc

e (

a.u

)

Wavelength (nm)

Original Filtrate

Original Ag

NP solutionA

After filtration

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12

Ag

NP

ad

so

rbe

d (

%)

Time (Hr)

PVA-LYS NF

PVA-MSA NF

PVA-MPA NF

PVA NF

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12

Au

NP

ad

so

rbe

d (

%)

Time (Hr)

PVA-LYS NF

PVA-MSA NF

PVA-MPA NF

PVA NF

AgNPs before and after adsorption on PVA-LYS NFs and corresponding color image of

the nanoparticle solution. The gray color of Ag NP solution became almost colorless and

color of the nanofiber gradually turns gray indicating the effective adsorption of

nanoparticles from solution to the fiber surface.

As shown in figure, the UV-Vis absorbance of solution was decreased considerably after

shaking with nanofiber membrane. A similar observation was also achieved for the case of

AuNP solution by using PVA-SH NFs (Figure 2.6B).

Figure 2.6: Representative UV-Vis spectra (A) of the Ag NP and (B) for the Au NP

original solution and after filtration and corresponding photographs of the nanoparticle

solutions before and after filtration.

Figure 2.7: Second time adsorption efficiencies of citrate capped-AgNP and AuNP

solutions (2 10-4

M) on same nanofibers as a function of time.

Page 79: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

55

The yellow color of AgNP solution and red wine color of the AuNP solution becomes

faint and the corresponding UV-Vis spectra are given in Figure 2.6. These results indicate

that the nanoparticles are effectively adsorbed on the surface of actively functionalized

nanofibers. Same nanofibers without precleaning of adsorbed nanoparticles were used for

a second time adsorption using similar conditions and the adsorption affinity was studied

(Figure 2.7). This study was carried out to investigate the maximum adsorption capacity

towards the nanoparticle filtration using same amount of nanofiber.

For the case of PVA-LYS NFs, the adsorption of AgNPs reaches to 60% after 6 h and

the adsorption capacity was less than 70% after 12 h. Similarly for the AuNPs adsorption,

it reaches maximum up to 70% after 12 h. Furthermore, during a third trial, it was

observed that the percentage of adsorption decreased up to 30% after 12 h (Table-2.1)

which suggest that after a certain extent of surface coverage, the fiber showed very little

affinity towards nanoparticles. Such surface activated process leads to the active

adsorption of nanoparticles onto the surface as confirmed by observing the surface

structure under SEM (Figure 2.8).

Sample Percentage of

AgNP adsorbed

Percentage of

AuNP adsorbed

PVA-LYS NF 35 17

PVA-MSANF 23 18

PVA-MPANF 20 22

PVA NF 8 7

Table 2.1: Table for summary of the results obtained on 3rd

trial of adsorption

for both Ag and Au nanoparticles.

Page 80: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

56

0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4

keV

0

400

800

1200

1600

Cou

nts

C

O Pt PtAu

Au

0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4

keV

0

400

800

1200

1600

2000

Cou

nts

C

OPt Pt

AuAu

0.0 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.40

400

800

1200

1600

Cou

nts

C

OAg

Ag

AgPtPt

keV

Figure 2.8: FESEM images of A. AgNP adsorbed PVA-LYS NFs, B. AuNPs adsorbed

PVA-MSA NFs and C. AuNPs adsorbed on to PVA-MPA NFs.

Figure 2.8A showed the SEM image of PVA-LYS NFs after the adsorption of Ag NPs on

the surface of nanofiber. Similarly, PVA-MSA NFs and PVA-MPA NFs showed the Au

NPs on the surface of nanofibers (Figure 2.8 B and C). From the figure, it was observed

that the nanoparticles were adsorbed uniformly on the nanofiber surface without any

agglomeration or aggregation and uniformly distributed throughout the nanofiber surface.

Energy dispersive spectral (EDS) data also confirms the peaks corresponding to the

presence of nanoparticles on the nanofiber surface (Figure 2.9).

Figure 2.9: Energy dispersive spectra of A. AgNP adsorbed PVA-LYS NFs, B. AuNPs

adsorbed PVA-MSA NFs and C. AuNPs adsorbed on to PVA-MPA NFs.

Desorption study of the nanoparticles from the nanofibers was carried out using dilute

HCl (2M). It was observed that the desorption efficiency was very low as confirmed by

the EDS analysis of acid washed nanofiber (Figure 2.10). This may be due to strong

1

200 nm 100 nm 100 nm

A B C

Page 81: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

57

0.0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2 keV

0

3000

6000

9000

12000

15000 C

O Ag

Ag

Ag

Pt Pt

Pt

0

3000

6000

9000

12000

C

O

Pt Pt

Pt Au

Au

Au

1.6 0.8 0.0 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2

interaction of surface functional group with noble nanoparticles whereas nanofibers

having very low adsorption efficiency get desorbed by acid treatement. Furthermore, by

increasing the acid concentration, it is expected to cause damage to the organic fiber

surface. Hence current investigation mainly focused for one time adsorption study of

nanoparticle removal by surface modified nanofibrous membranes.

Figure 2.10: EDS spectrum of silver nanoparticles desorption from PVA-LYS NFs (A)

and PVA-MSA NFs (B) by using 2 N HCl.

The above results suggest that the surface modified PVA NFs have high adsorption

efficiency for removal of only Ag and Au nanoparticles in water. Such modified

nanofibers have several advantages which include high surface area, large number of

surface functional groups, easy to handle and can be fabricated according to the desired

ZAF Method Standardless Quantitative

Analysis

Element Mass% Error% Atom%

C K 56.75 0.09 72.96

O K 25.54 0.86 24.66

Ag L 15.30 1.11 2.19

Pt 2.41 1.17 0.19

Total 100.00 100.00

ZAF Method Standardless Quantitative

Analysis

Element Mass% Error% Atom%

C K 63.99 0.11 81.80

O K 17.45 0.70 16.75

Au M 11.62 1.01 0.91

Pt M 6.94 0.97 0.55

Total 100.00 100.00

Page 82: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

58

product properties. In addition, membrane thickness and size can be controlled by

electrospinning technique.

2.5 Summary and Conclusions

We have demonstrated an approach for the preparation of surface modified PVA NFs with

different functional groups. These NFs were used for the nanoparticle filtration from

aqueous environment and showed different affinities towards metal nanoparticles,

depending on the active surface functional groups on the fiber surface. The adsorption

analysis showed that the amine and thiol modified PVA NFs had more than 90%

adsorption efficiency for Au NP, whereas unmodified PVA NFs had less than 20%

affinity. Similarly, PVA-LYS NFs showed good adsorption behavior (more than 90%)

toward the AgNP in aqueous environment. The adsorption of nanoparticles showed

uniform distribution throughout the nanofiber without any agglomeration. The modified

synthetic nanofibers are interesting material for removing nano contaminants from

aqueous environment.

Page 83: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

59

References

1. Vesely, D.; Kalenda, P.; Nemec, P. Materials Research Innovations 2009, 13, (3),

302-304.

2. Thilagavathi, G.; Raja, A. S. M.; Kannaian, T. Defence Science Journal 2008, 58,

(4), 451-459.

3. Kumar, C. Mater. Today 2010, 12, 24-30.

4. Yen, H. J.; Hsu, S. H.; Tsai, C. L. Small 2009, 5, (13), 1553-1561.

5. Pan, Y.; Leifert, A.; Ruau, D.; Neuss, S.; Bornemann, J.; Schmid, G.; Brandau,

W.; Simon, U.; Jahnen-Dechent, W. Small 2009, 5, (18), 2067-2076.

6. AshaRani, P. V.; Mun, G. L. K.; Hande, M. P.; Valiyaveettil, S. Acs Nano 2009,

3, (2), 279-290.

7. Asharani, P. V.; Xinyi, N.; Hande, M. P.; Valiyaveettil, S. Nanomedicine 2010, 5,

(1), 51-64.

8. Benhamou, A.; Baudu, M.; Derriche, Z.; Basly, J. P. Journal of Hazardous

Materials 2009, 171, (1-3), 1001-1008.

9. Aguado, J.; Arsuaga, J. M.; Arencibia, A.; Lindo, M.; Gascon, V. Journal of

Hazardous Materials 2009, 163, (1), 213-221.

10. Wang, H. J.; Kang, J.; Liu, H. J.; Qu, J. H. Journal of Environmental Sciences-

China 2009, 21, (11), 1473-1479.

11. Savage, N.; Diallo, M. S. Journal of Nanoparticle Research 2005, 7, (4-5), 331-

342.

12. Pignon, H.; Brasquet, C.; La Cloirec, P. Water Science and Technology 2000, 42,

(5-6), 355-362.

Page 84: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

60

13. Vaclavikova, M.; Jakabsky, S.; Hredzak, S. In Nanoengineered Nanofibrous

Materials, Guceri, S.; Gogotsi, Y. G.; Kuznetsov, V., Eds. Springer: Dordrecht,

2004; Vol. 169, pp 481-486.

14. Hu, J.; Chen, G. H.; Lo, I. M. C. Water Research 2005, 39, (18), 4528-4536.

15. Doyen, W.; Leysen, R.; Mottar, J.; Waes, G. Desalination 1990, 79, (2-3), 163-

179.

16. Soylak, M.; Unsal, Y. E.; Kizil, N.; Aydin, A. Food and Chemical Toxicology 48,

(2), 517-521.

17. Salehi, E.; Madaeni, S. S. Applied Surface Science 2010, 256, (10), 3010-3017.

18. Ramakrishna, S.; Fujihara, K.; Teo, W. E.; Yong, T.; Ma, Z. W.; Ramaseshan, R.

Materials Today 2006, 9, (3), 40-50.

19. Guillen, G. R.; Farrell, T. P.; Kaner, R. B.; Hoek, E. M. V. Journal of Materials

Chemistry 2010, 20, (22), 4621-4628.

20. Aussawasathien, D.; Teerawattananon, C.; Vongachariya, A. Journal of

Membrane Science 2008, 315, (1-2), 11-19.

21. Gopal, R.; Kaur, S.; Feng, C. Y.; Chan, C.; Ramakrishna, S.; Tabe, S.; Matsuura,

T. Journal of Membrane Science 2007, 289, (1-2), 210-219.

22. Gopal, R.; Kaur, S.; Ma, Z. W.; Chan, C.; Ramakrishna, S.; Matsuura, T. Journal

of Membrane Science 2006, 281, (1-2), 581-586.

23. Zhang, S.; Shim, W. S.; Kim, J. Materials & Design 2009, 30, (9), 3659-3666.

24. Desai, K.; Kit, K.; Li, J. J.; Davidson, P. M.; Zivanovic, S.; Meyer, H. Polymer

2009, 50, (15), 3661-3669.

Page 85: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

61

25. Baek, D. H.; Ki, C. S.; Um, I. C.; Park, Y. H. Fibers and Polymers 2007, 8, (3),

271-277.

26. Saeed, K.; Haider, S.; Oh, T. J.; Park, S. Y. Journal of Membrane Science 2008,

322, (2), 400-405.

27. Wang, H. X.; Ding, H.; Lee, B.; Wang, X. G.; Lin, T. Journal of Membrane

Science 2007, 303, (1-2), 119-125.

28. Takahashi, Y.; Danwittayakul, S.; Suzuki, T. M. Analyst 2009, 134, (7), 1380-

1385.

29. Sang, Y. M.; Li, F. S.; Gu, Q. B.; Liang, C. Z.; Chen, J. Q. Desalination 2008,

223, (1-3), 349-360.

30. Turkevich, J.; Stevenson, P. C.; Hiller, J. Discussions of the Faraday Society

1951, 11 55 - 75.

31. Dicharry, R. M.; Ye, P.; Saha, G.; Waxman, E.; Asandei, A. D.; Parnas, R. S.

Biomacromolecules 2006, 7, (10), 2837-2844.

32. Nath, S.; Ghosh, S. K.; Kundu, S.; Praharaj, S.; Panigrahi, S.; Pal, T. Journal of

Nanoparticle Research 2006, 8, (1), 111-116.

33. Tanaka, A.; Takeda, Y.; Nagasawa, T.; Sasaki, H.; Kuriyama, Y.; Suzuki, S.;

Sato, S. Surface Science 2003, 532, 281-286.

Page 86: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

62

Chapter 3

Isolation and Fabrication of Cellulose Based

Nanofibers for Filtration of Nanoparticles from

Aqueous Environment

This chapter is published as a full paper in J. Mater. Chem., 2012, 22, 1985–1993; DOI:

10.1039/c1jm15018a.

Page 87: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

63

3.1 Introduction

The use of nanoparticles in research,1 medicine

2 and for commercial purposes

3 has been

increasing owing to the interesting properties of nanomaterials. The usage of such

nanoparticles increases the risk of contaminating air and water which ultimately cause

serious environmental problems. Recent studies have shown that such nanoparticles can

enter living systems through water4 which possess health hazard to humans. The small

sizes of nanoparticles facilitate movements across cell membranes and potential to reach

various organs.5,6

The risks associated with nanoparticle contamination has been widely

reported, which include health concerns posed by cell necrosis and apoptosis,7, 8

alter

organelle structure and affect hormonal levels in mammals.9 Recently, the levels of

toxicity caused by gold (Au) and silver (Ag) nanoparticles to living systems were

documented by several groups. 10-12

So the removal of nanoparticles from environment is a

great challenge for future research.

Various established technologies have been used for water filtration and a few low

cost conventional methods, such as sand filter, charcoal, carbon and magnetic materials

are tested as affordable source for water purification.13-15

The main limitation for such

methods are low efficiency and potential contamination from particulate filter media.

However, membrane technology has caught attention in waste water purification due to

large surface area, high efficiency and low cost.16

Membrane separations such as

microfiltration and ultrafiltration are currently used for industrial, medical and analytical

applications for waste water treatment.17, 18

Particle filtration membranes solely depend on

the ratio of particle size to membrane pore size ratio. Electrospinning is one of the

methods for preparing nanofibrous membranes, where many polymers can be used to

Page 88: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

64

control fiber diameter, pore size and morphology.19, 20

Synthetic nanofibers, with high

surface area to volume ratio could conceivably be an effective filtration system with good

mechanical properties.21, 22

Nanofibers have been used for filtration of microparticles,23

heavy metal ions24, 25

and microbial pathogens.26

However, most of the synthetic fibers are

non-biodegradable and pose disposal problems in the future. So naturally occurring

polymers are interesting owing to their easy availability, low cost and biodegradability. 27,

28 Due to wide availability cellulose based microfibers have been used for heavy metal

ion separation 29, 30

and pollutant removal from water.31-33

Chitosan is a biopolymer with

free amino groups, derived from shells of shrimp and other sea crustaceans34, 35

used for

many biomedical applications.36

Here we introduce a new method to filter nanoparticles from aqueous environment by

using cellulose based natural nanofibers. Nanofibers were isolated from raw sugarcane

bagasse by treating with bleach and alkali solution. To improve the extraction efficiency,

isolated cellulose nanofibers were coated with chitosan and tested for nanoparticle

filtration. Natural renewable fibrous materials are used to remove nano-particulate

contaminants from the aqueous environment.

3.2 Experimental section

3.2.1 Materials

Chitosan (degree of deacetylation was around 75 to 85%), silver nitrate (AgNO3),

hydrogen tetrachloroaurate trihydrate (HAuCl4·3H2O), sodium citrate and sodium

borohydride were purchased from Sigma Aldrich. All materials were used without further

purification. Glutaraldehyde, nitric acid (HNO3) and hydrochloric acid (HCl) were

purchased from Merck. Potassium hydroxide (KOH) was purchased from GDE chemicals.

Page 89: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

65

The solvents used were of analytical grade and purchased from commercial suppliers.

Deionised water was used for preparing stock solutions. The sugarcane bagasse used was

the fibrous waste material obtained after extraction of juice and collected from a local

market.

3.2.2 Isolation of cellulose nanofibers from sugarcane bagasse

The procedure for the isolation of cellulose from sugarcane bagasse was slightly modified

from a reported procedure.37

Typically, raw bagasse was kept for soxhlet extraction in

toluene: ethanol mixture (2:1) for 6 h. After which, the bagasse was cleaned thoroughly

with water and kept in a solution of bleach (NaOCl): acetic acid (2:1) at 70 °C for 1 h. The

bleached bagasse was cleaned in water to remove residual bleach and acetic acid. The

cleaned fibers were then kept in 6% KOH solution for 16 h at room temperature and then

heated at 80 °C for 2 h. This yielded fiber that were composed of 80 - 90% nanofibers,

which were washed repeatedly using 0.6 M HCl and water in order to neutralize residual

amount of alkali present and air dried under room temperature.

3.2.3 Preparation of chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibers

Chitosan (0.5%) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (1 vol%) solution. Then 10 mg of

sugarcane nanofibers were soaked in chitosan solution (0.3 ml). In order to crosslink the

designed material, glutaraldehyde (50 μl) and phosphoric acid (50 μl) were added to it.

The resulting crosslinked product was cleaned thoroughly with water to remove excess

amount of unreacted acid and glutaraldehyde and dried using lyophilisation.

Page 90: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

66

3.2.4 Preparation of PVP and citrate capped Au and Ag-nanoparticles

Gold nanoparticles were synthesized by the reduction of gold (Au3+

) ions using sodium

borohydride as the reducing agent. Preparation of Ag-nanoparticle was performed using

similar procedure using the reduction of silver nitrate. Both nanoparticles were capped by

using PVP and citrate as the capping agent. The concentration of nanoparticles used for

filtration was maintained at 2 x 10-4

M for all samples.

3.2.5 Study on adsorption behaviour of nanoparticle using chitosan coated cellulose

nanofiber

In order to test the filtration capacity of the only sugarcane nanofiber, chitosan coated

sugarcane nanofibers, and lyophilized chitosan (20 mg) was added to a 15 ml centrifuge

tube containing Au or Ag-nanoparticle solution (10 ml, 2.0 10-4

M), and kept for

constant shaking. Aliquots were taken from the solutions at definite intervals to quantify

the amount of nanoparticles adsorbed by nanofiber and analyzed using UV-Vis

spectroscopy. A time dependant adsorption intensity curve was plotted from the data

obtained.

3.2.6 Desorption study of nanoparticles from functionalized nanofiber

Au-nanoparticle adsorbed nanofiber was shaken with dilute HCl (5 ml, 2 M) for 2 h at

room temperature. Similarly Ag-nanoparticle adsorbed nanofiber was shaken with dilute

HNO3 (5 ml, 2 M) for 2 h. Acid desorbed samples were cleaned thoroughly with water

and rinsed with dilute sodium bicarbonate to neutralize protonated amino groups of

chitosan during acid treatment. Samples were washed with water and used for

readsorption studies with the same concentration and volume of nanoparticle solution.

Page 91: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

67

3.2.7 Test for filtration efficiency of nanoparticle by chitosan coated cellulose

nanofiber

For this study, 100 mg of chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibers were packed in a small

glass column with 2 cm diameter. Then nanoparticle solution was passed through the

nanofibrous membrane and filtrate was collected in a test tube up to 20 ml. The filtration

efficiency was calculated by measuring the absorbance intensity before and after filtration

using UV-Vis spectroscopy.

3.3 Characterization

The morphology of the cellulose nanofibers was characterised using a field emission

scanning electron microscopy (FESEM, JEOL JSM-6701F). The samples were placed on

a double sided carbon tape and coated with a thin layer of platinum for viewing under

SEM. The size of the nanoparticles was determined using transmission electron

microscope (TEM, JEOL JEM 2010). After filtration, energy dispersive X-ray

spectroscopy (EDX, JEOL JED 2300) was employed to confirm the adsorption of

nanoparticles onto the designed nanofibrous material. The quantitative measurements of

nanoparticles were carried out using UV-Vis spectroscopy (Shimadzu-1601 PC

spectrophotometer). The presence of functional groups on the surface was characterized

by attenuated total reflectance–infrared (ATR- IR) spectrophotometer.

3.4 Results and discussion

3.4.1 Isolation of cellulose nanofibers from sugarcane bagasse

Cellulose source from plant byproducts are cheap and requires very little processing.

Sugarcane bagasse has three main components with approximate cellulose content of 40%

to 45%, hemicellulose content of 28% to 30%, and lignin content of 19% to 21% and is

Page 92: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

68

solely dependent on the source.38

Lignin consists mainly of polymers of arylpropane units

which bind the neighbouring cells and form a highly crosslinked network. Hemicellulose

is a polysaccharide polymer generally found between cellulose and lignin. Due to smaller

degree of polymerisation and amorphous nature, properties of hemicellulose are marginal

as compared to cellulose.30

Cellulose compose of anhydroglucose rings linked via β-1,4-

glycosidic bonds.

This investigation focuses mainly to extract neat cellulose fibers by the removal of

lignin and hemicelluloses from the sugarcane bagasse using various chemical methods. A

two steps chemical treatment were employed, in the first step, bagasse was treated with

sodium hypochlorite to remove lignin. Sodium hypochlorite dissolved in water to form

hypochlorous acid and hypochlorite ions which could react to produce chlorine radicals.

These radicals are the active species in the degradation of lignin to give phenoxy and

mesomeric cyclohexadienyl radicals, which led to degradation of lignin.39

In second step,

the bleached fibers were subjected to alkaline treatment which removed the hemicellulose

portion, leaving behind pure cellulose nanofibers.

Figure 3.1: SEM image of cellulose nanofibers bleached with sodium hypochloride and

acetic acid (A) and with Bleaching:HCl (10:1 vol%) (B).

200 nm 200

nm

A B

Page 93: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

69

Alkaline treatment with KOH ionises the hydroxyl groups in cellulose and hemicelluloses,

resulting in the formation of alkoxide ions. This removes the hydrogen bonding and

enhances the stability for the removal of hemicellulose and residual lignin.40

When the solution of sodium hypochlorite and acetic acid was used as the bleaching

agent, nanofibers were obtained after one cycle of bleaching followed by KOH treatment

(Figure 3.1A). However, when HCl was used along with sodium hypochlorite, the

extraction of nanofibers was difficult and the yields were poor. A mixture (2:1) of

hypochlorite and acetic acid was used as the bleaching agent for subsequent nanofiber

extractions (Figure 3.1B). From the SEM images, it could be seen that cellulose

nanofibers with diameters of 30 - 40 nm and approximate lengths in the micrometer range

were obtained after the extraction. The isolated cellulose nanofiber showed a 3D porous

structure with a surface area of 1.17 m2 g

-1.

3.4.2 Preparation of sugarcane and chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibrous

membranes

Sugarcane nanofibrous membranes were fabricated from cellulose nanofibers extracted

from sugarcane by crosslinking with glutaraldehyde in acid medium, which led to the

formation of crosslinked network through the reaction of cellulose with glutaraldehyde to

form acetal linkages.41

Chitosan is a biopolymer generally derived from N-deacetylation

of chitin which is the second most abundant natural polymer. It is a copolymer of 2-

amino-2-deoxy-β-D-glucopyranose and 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-β-D-glucopyranose with the

repeating units linked via β-1,4-glycosidic bonds.42, 43

Page 94: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

70

1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000

Ab

so

rba

nce

1256 c

m-1

C

A

Wavenumber (cm-1)

B

15

80

cm

-1

The chitosan was coated on the extracted sugarcane nanofibers and crosslinked with

glutaraldehyde in an acidic medium. Two mechanisms had been proposed for this

crosslinking; via a Schiff’s base reaction mechanism and an acetal reaction mechanism.44,

45 Cellulose nanofibers and chitosan coated nanofibers were characterised using ATR-IR

as shown in Figure 3.2. It can be seen that the IR peaks of crosslinked sugarcane

nanofibers and chitosan-coated nanofibers were similar except for the peaks at 1580 cm-1

corresponds to the N-H bending mode. Similarly there was a small peak at 1256 cm-1

which is due to C-N stretching vibration of amine groups on chitosan coated sugarcane

nanofibers. Since chitosan was coated on the surface of the cellulose nanofibers, the peak

intensity was comparatively smaller.

Figure 3.2: Attenuated total reflectance-Infrared spectra of sugarcane nanofiber (A),

chitosan (B) and chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibers (C).

3.4.3 Surface morphology of chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibers

Chitosan was coated on the cellulose nanofibers which provide a high surface area

scaffold, having efficient functionality (amine group) on the surface. The crosslinked

chitosan coated nanofiber was dried using lyophilizer and SEM image showed a uniform

Page 95: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

71

morphology for chitosan coated cellulose nanofiber (Figure 3.3A). From the figure, it can

be seen that crosslinked chitosan-coated sugarcane nanofibers are porous in nature,

whereas cross linked chitosan showed flake type structure (Figure 3.3B). Furthermore, it

was observed that the fibers had a highly interconnected network structure which

reinforced the mechanical rigidity of the material. The lyophilised crosslinked fibers used

for filtration showed good mechanical stability throughout our investigation. For all

designed fibers, there was no significant swelling in aqueous medium. As a result, these

membranes had high specific area per unit mass with suitable functional groups exposed

for the extraction of nanoparticles.

Figure 3.3: SEM images of chitosan coated cellulose nanofiber (A) and crosslinked

chitosan (B)

3.4.4 Preparation of Au and Ag-nanoparticles

Nanoparticles (Au and Ag) were synthesized using reduction of metal ions into

nanparticles.46, 47

Nanoparticles have high surface area and high surface energies, which

led to unstability and aggregation of these particles. In order to stabilise the nanoparticles

and prevent aggregation, citrate ions or poly(vinylpyrrolidone) (PVP) were used as

capping agents.48, 49

100 µm

200 nm

A B

Page 96: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

72

PVP or citrate capped Au-nanoparticles showed absorption maxima at 520 nm and

519 nm respectively, which were similar to the reported values in literature.50

Similarly,

Ag-nanoparticles showed the absorption maxima at 397 nm and 389 nm. The values

obtained were consistent with the value reported (390 nm) in the literature.51

The

synthesized nanoparticles had diameters of 10 to 15 nm as shown by the TEM images

(Figure 3.4).

20 nm20 nm 20 nm 20 nm

Figure 3.4: UV-visible spectra of PVP and citrate capped Au (A) and Ag- nanoparticles

(B); TEM images of PVP capped Au-nanoparticles (C), citrate capped Au- nanoparticles

(D), PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles (E), and citrate capped Ag- nanoparticles (F). Inserts

show the corresponding camera images of nanoparticle solutions.

3.4.5 Extraction of nanoparticles from aqueous environment using nanofibers

To test the extraction efficiency, a known amount of nanofibers were kept in nanoparticle

solution in a plastic vial and shaken for 10 h. At particular time intervals, aliquots were

collected to find the remaining concentration of nanoparticles in the solution.

A B

D C E F

Page 97: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

73

B

C

D

A

After Before

E

F

G

H

After Before

After Before

After Before

Page 98: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

74

Figure 3.5: Time-dependent adsorption efficiency of chitosan-coated sugarcane

nanofibers, crosslinked sugarcane nanofibers and crosslinked chitosan for PVP capped

Au-nanoparticles (A), PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles (B), citrate capped Au- nanoparticles

(C) and, citrate capped Ag-nanoparticles (D); UV-visible spectra of solutions before and

after adsorption for PVP capped Au-nanoparticles (E), PVP capped Ag- nanoparticles (F),

citrate capped Au-nanoparticles (G), and citrate capped Ag- nanoparticles (H). Inserts

show the corresponding decolourization of the nanoparticles solutions before and after

adsorption.

The extraction efficiency of the nanofibers was determined by using changes in intensity

at absorption maximum. The standard curve for Au and Ag-nanoparticles were plotted

using the absorption intensity at λmax for standard solutions of known concentrations. This

curve was used to translate the absorption of unknown sample to its concentration. Figure

3.5 shows time dependant filtration efficiency of the cellulose nanofibers coated with

chitosan for filtration of different nanoparticles. Chitosan coated cellulose nanofibers

showed filtration efficiency of 35 - 40% for Au and 40 - 50% for Ag-nanoparticles within

30 minutes. Furthermore, filtration capacities reached ~80% for Au and ~90% for Ag-

nanoparticles after 5 h.

Comparing Au and Ag-nanoparticles capped with the same capping agent, chitosan-

coated sugarcane nanofibers had higher adsorption efficiencies toward Ag- nanoparticles.

Furthermore, as illustrated in Figure 3.5, crosslinked sugarcane nanofibers showed

negligible adsorption efficiencies for all nanoparticles. Amino groups, considered as

borderline soft bases, can interact with the Ag-nanoparticles with high efficiency.52

Chitosan was chosen as the coating material due to its biocompatibility and

biodegradability. In comparison with pure chitosan, chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibers

showed high extraction efficiency towards nanoparticles. This was due to the presence of

multiple amino functional groups on the chitosan-coated sugarcane nanofibers which

Page 99: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

75

facilitate the extraction of metal nanoparticles.

To investigate the effect of capping agents, nanoparticle extraction analyses for both

neutral PVP capped and negatively charged citrate capped nanoparticles were compared.

From Figure 3.6, there was no significant difference in extraction efficiencies regardless

of the capping agents used. It is conceivable that the effective charges of the capping

agents were insignificant in determining the extraction efficiency of nanoparticles.

Furthermore, all nanofibers were also used for a second round extraction experiment

using fresh nanoparticles solution (2 x 10-4

M). The purpose of this study was to ensure

that nanofibers can be re-used for maximum effectiveness toward nanoparticle filtration.

As expected, the results of the second time extraction showed a substantial drop in the

efficiency i.e. decreased to ~40% for citrate and PVP capped Au-nanoparticles and

Figure 3.6: Graphs for time-dependent readsorption efficiency of chitosan-coated

sugarcane nanofibers for subsequent adsorptions of PVP capped Au-nanoparticles (A),

citrate capped Au-nanoparticles (B), PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles (C), and Citrate

capped Ag-nanoparticles (D).

A B

C D

Page 100: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

76

0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00

keV

0

1500

3000

4500

6000

7500

9000

10500

12000

Co

un

ts

C

O

Ag

Ag

Ag

PtPt

Pt

Pt Pt

0.00 0.80 1.60 2.40 3.20 4.00 4.80 5.60 6.40 7.20

keV

0

800

1600

2400

3200

4000

4800

5600

Cou

nts

C

O

PtPt

PtAu

Au

Au

0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00

keV

0

400

800

1200

1600

2000

2400

2800

3200

3600

4000

Cou

nts

C

O

Ag

Ag

Ag

PtPt

Pt

Pt Pt

0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00

keV

0

400

800

1200

1600

2000

2400

2800

3200

3600

Cou

nts

C

O

PtPt

Pt

Pt Pt

Au

Au

Au

Au Au

IMG1 100 µm

Pt M 100 µm

C K 100 µm

Au M 100 µm

O K 100 µm IMG1 100 µm

Ag L 100 µm

C K 100 µm

Pt M 100 µm

O K 100 µm

~70-80% for Ag-nanoparticles. As for Au-nanoparticles, the efficiency was decreased

significantly and no attempts were made for third extraction.

100 nm

100 nm 100 nm

A B

Figure 3.7: SEM images of Au (A) and Ag-nanoparticles (B) adsorbed nanofiber mat.

A B

C D

Figure 3.8: EDX spectra of chitosan-coated sugarcane nanofibers after adsorption of PVP

capped Au-nanoparticles (A), PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles (B), citrate capped Au-

nanoparticles (C) and, citrate capped Ag-nanoparticles (D). Inserts showed the

corresponding elemental mappings of the nanoparticles.

Page 101: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

77

But for citrate and PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles, extractions were carried out for third

time without precleaning the fibers. From the graph, it was observed that 3rd

time

extraction efficiency was low (20 - 30% after 12 h).

So in conclusion, when chitosan coated sugarcane nanofibers were reused without

surface cleaning for subsequent extraction of nanoparticles, it showed a decrease in

efficiency. Furthermore, the EDX spectra of chitosan-coated sugarcane nanofibers after

adsorption showed peaks corresponding to Au and Ag-nanoparticles (Figure 3.8).

Elemental mappings showed that nanoparticles were evenly distributed on the nanofiber

surface. Such data supports for high extraction efficiency of nanofibers during the

extraction process.

3.4.6 Desorption and time-dependent readsorption efficiency analysis

Desorption of nanoparticles from nanofiber surface was investigated by acid treatment to

examine the reusability. Cellulose and chitosan are known to undergo cleavage at β-1,4-

glycosidic bonds when subjected to treatment with dilute acids at high temperatures or

treatment with concentrated acids at low temperatures.53, 54

Table 3.1: Elemental analysis of concentration of Au in hydrochloric acid (A), and silver

in nitric acid (B) after desorption and corresponding desorption efficiency

Nanoparticles

Concentration of Au in

Acid/ ppm

Desorption Efficiency/

%

PVP capped Au 0.21 3

Citrate capped Au <0.10 <1

Nanoparticles

Concentration of Ag in

Acid/ ppm

Desorption Efficiency/

%

PVP capped Ag 0.30 7

Citrate capped Ag 0.54 13

Page 102: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

78

In our experiment, mild conditions were used for desorption studies by socking the fibrous

mat with dilute acids (2M) for 2 h at room temperature. For effective desorption, dilute

hydrochloric acid and nitric acid were used for desorption of Au and Ag-nanoparticles,

respectively.55, 56

The time dependent extraction studies of acid treated fiber samples were compared

with untreated fibers (Figure 3.9 A-D). Mild acid treatment on chitosan-coated sugarcane

nanofibers adsorbed with nanoparticles gave rise to low desorption efficiencies.It is

conceivable that nanoparticles interact strongly with chitosan-coated sugarcane nanofibers

and hence were difficult to remove using acid treatment (Table 3.1).

Figure 3.9: Time-dependent adsorption efficiency of chitosan-coated sugarcane

nanofibers for first time adsorption, second time without and with acid treated nanofiber

using PVP capped Au-nanoparticles (A), PVP capped Ag-nanoparticles (B), citrate capped

Au-nanoparticles (C), and citrate capped Ag-nanoparticles (D).

C

A B

D

First time

Second time without acid treatment

Second time with acid treatment

Page 103: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

79

Hence, no significant improvement in extraction efficiency was observed after acid

treatement on chitosan-coated sugarcane nanofibers. Such nanofibers could be considered

as controlled disposable adsorbent for nanomaterials, owing to the low cost of preparation

and biodegradability.

3.4.7 Filtration of nanoparticles by using chitosan coated cellulose nanofibers

In order to check the filtration efficiency, the nanoparticles were filtered by passing

through a column packed with chitosan coated sugarcane nanofiber (Figure 3.10). The

nanoparticle concentrations of the original solution and after extractions were quantified

and compared using UV-Vis spectroscopy. The filtration of 10 ml nanoparticle solution

through a column packed with 100 mg of nanofibers gave almost 98 to 99% filtration

efficiency. Repeated filtration of additional 10 ml nanoparticle solution gave about 85 to

95% nanoparticle filtration efficiency (Table 3.2).

Figure 3.10. Camera images of filtration of different nanoparticle solution using chitosan

coated sugarcane nanofiber i.e. PVP capped Au-nanoparticles (A), PVP capped Ag-

nanoparticles (B), Citrate capped Au-nanoparticles (C) and citrate capped Ag-

nanoparticles (D). Bottom portion of tube is the pure water after filtration of nanoparticle

solution.

Pure water after

filtration

Chitosan coated

cellulose nanofiber

Original nanoparticle

solution

A B

B

C D

Page 104: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

80

Table 3.2: Summary of filtration of different nanoparticles solution after passing through

a column filled with chitosan coated nanofiber.

PVP capped Au

nanoparticle

PVP capped Ag

nanoparticle

Citrate capped

Au nanoparticle

Citrate capped

Ag nanoparticle

Time/min Efficiency/ % Efficiency/ % Efficiency/ % Efficiency/ %

45 (first 10 ml) 98.15 99.50 97.09 99.55

Next 10 ml 86.62 94.64 84.44 92.45

This decreased efficiency may be due to, an increase in surface coverage with

nanoparticles and lack of active binding sites on the nanofiber surface.

3.5 Summary and Conclusions

We have demonstrated a novel approach for the fabrication of cellulose based nanofibers

with suitable functional groups to be used for nanoparticle extraction from aqueous

medium. The coated nanofibers were found to be highly efficient in extracting Au and Ag-

nanoparticles with very high efficiency. The incorporation of chitosan on the fiber surface

was found to enhance the filtration capacity. Presence of the adsorbed nanoparticles on the

nanofibers was confirmed by SEM and EDX. Biocompatibility, biodegradability, cost

effectiveness and the ease of handling of designed nanofibers make it a viable method for

large scale filtration systems.

Page 105: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

81

3.6 References

1. Bhattacharyya, S.; Kudgus, R. A.; Bhattacharya, R.; Mukherjee, P. Pharm. Res.

2011, 28, (2), 237-259.

2. Lipka, J.; Semmler-Behnke, M.; Sperling, R. A.; Wenk, A.; Takenaka, S.; Schleh,

C.; Kissel, T.; Parak, W. J.; Kreyline, W. G. Biomaterials 2010, 31, (25), 6574-

6581.

3. Daniel, M. C.; Astruc, D. Chemical Reviews 2004, 104, (1), 293-346.

4. Ferry, J. L.; Craig, P.; Hexel, C.; Sisco, P.; Frey, R.; Pennington, P. L.; Fulton, M.

H.; Scott, I. G.; Decho, A. W.; Kashiwada, S.; Murphy, C. J.; Shaw, T. J. Nat.

Nanotechnol. 2009, 4, (7), 441-444.

5. Stelzer, R.; Hutz, R. J. J. Reprod. Dev. 2009, 55, (6), 685-690.

6. Chang, E.; Thekkek, N.; Yu, W. W.; Colvin, V. L.; Drezek, R. Small 2006, 2,

(12), 1412-1417.

7. Pan, Y.; Leifert, A.; Ruau, D.; Neuss, S.; Bornemann, J.; Schmid, G.; Brandau,

W.; Simon, U.; Jahnen-Dechent, W. Small 2009, 5, (18), 2067-2076.

8. Asharani, P. V.; Xinyi, N.; Hande, M. P.; Valiyaveettil, S. Nanomedicine 5, (1),

51-64.

9. Frohlich, E.; Samberger, C.; Kueznik, T.; Absenger, M.; Roblegg, E.; Zimmer,

A.; Pieber, T. R. J. Toxicol. Sci. 2009, 34, (4), 363-375.

10. Asharani, P. V.; Yi, L. W.; Gong, Z. Y.; Valiyaveettil, S. Nanotoxicology 5, (1),

43-54.

11. AshaRani, P. V.; Mun, G. L. K.; Hande, M. P.; Valiyaveettil, S. Acs Nano 2009,

3, (2), 279-290.

Page 106: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

82

12. Asharani, P. V.; Sethu, S.; Vadukumpully, S.; Zhong, S. P.; Lim, C. T.; Hande,

M. P.; Valiyaveettil, S. Advanced Functional Materials 2010, 20, (8), 1233-1242.

13. Upton, J. Water Sci. Technol. 1993, 27, (5-6), 381-390.

14. Noubactep, C.; Schoner, A.; Woafo, P. Clean-Soil Air Water 2009, 37, (12), 930-

937.

15. Liang, H. W.; Wang, L.; Chen, P. Y.; Lin, H. T.; Chen, L. F.; He, D. A.; Yu, S. H.

Advanced Materials 22, (42), 4691-4695.

16. Visvanathan, C.; Ben Aim, R.; Parameshwaran, K. Critical Reviews in

Environmental Science and Technology 2000, 30, (1), 1-48.

17. Chang, S.; Waite, T. D.; Schafer, A. I.; Fane, A. G. Environmental Science &

Technology 2003, 37, (14), 3158-3163.

18. Tanizaki, Y.; Shimokawa, T.; Yamazaki, M. Water Res. 1992, 26, (1), 55-63.

19. Teo, W. E.; Ramakrishna, S. Nanotechnology 2006, 17, (14), R89-R106.

20. Bazbouz, M. B.; Stylios, G. K. Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2008, 107,

(5), 3023-3032.

21. Nisbet, D. R.; Rodda, A. E.; Finkelstein, D. I.; Horne, M. K.; Forsythe, J. S.;

Shen, W. Colloid Surf. B-Biointerfaces 2009, 71, (1), CP1-12.

22. Yoon, K.; Hsiao, B. S.; Chu, B. Polymer 2009, 50, (13), 2893-2899.

23. Gopal, R.; Kaur, S.; Ma, Z. W.; Chan, C.; Ramakrishna, S.; Matsuura, T. Journal

of Membrane Science 2006, 281, (1-2), 581-586.

24. Sang, Y. M.; Li, F. S.; Gu, Q. B.; Liang, C. Z.; Chen, J. Q. Desalination 2008,

223, (1-3), 349-360.

25. Hota, G.; Kumar, B. R.; Ramakrishna, W. J. Mater. Sci. 2008, 43, (1), 212-217.

Page 107: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

83

26. Bjorge, D.; Daels, N.; De Vrieze, S.; Dejans, P.; Van Camp, T.; Audenaert, W.;

Hogie, J.; Westbroek, P.; De Clerck, K.; Van Hulle, S. W. H. Desalination 2009,

249, (3), 942-948.

27. Chen, H. L.; Cluver, B. Text. Res. J. 2010 80, (20), 2188-2194.

28. Zhou, Z.; Zheng, H.; Wei, M.; Huang, J.; Chen, Y. Journal of Applied Polymer

Science 2008, 107, (5), 3267-3274.

29. Zhu, L. H.; Kumar, V.; Banker, G. S. Int. J. Pharm. 2001, 223, (1-2), 35-47.

30. Sun, J. X.; Sun, X. F.; Zhao, H.; Sun, R. C. Polym. Degrad. Stabil. 2004, 84, (2),

331-339.

31. Garcia-Reyes, R. B.; Rangel-Mendez, J. R. J. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol. 2009,

84, (10), 1533-1538.

32. Zhang, W.; Li, C. Y.; Mei, L. A.; Geng, Y. M.; Lu, C. H. Journal of Hazardous

Materials 2010, 181, (1-3), 468-473.

33. Ma, H. Y.; Burger, C.; Hsiao, B. S.; Chu, B. Biomacromolecules 12, (4), 970-976.

34. Chandumpai, A.; Singhpibulporn, N.; Faroongsarng, D.; Sornprasit, P.

Carbohydr. Polym. 2004, 58, (4), 467-474.

35. Synowiecki, J.; Al-Khateeb, N. A. Crit. Rev. Food Sci. Nutr. 2003, 43, (2), 145-

171.

36. Zhang, J. L.; Xia, W. S.; Liu, P.; Cheng, Q. Y.; Tahirou, T.; Gu, W. X.; Li, B.

Marine Drugs 2010, 8, (7), 1962-1987.

37. Abe, K.; Iwamoto, S.; Yano, H. Biomacromolecules 2007, 8, (10), 3276-3278.

38. Verma, A. J. 2010.

39. Gierer, J. Wood Sci. Technol. 1986, 20, (1), 1-33.

Page 108: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

84

40. Chen, Y.; Sun, L. F.; Negulescu, II; Moore, M. A.; Collier, B. J. J. Macromol.

Sci.-Phys. 2005, B44, (3), 397-411.

41. Wang, Y. H.; Hsieh, Y. L. Journal of Applied Polymer Science 2010, 118, (5),

2489-2495.

42. Varum, K. M.; Anthonsen, M. W.; Grasdalen, H.; Smidsrod, O. Carbohydrate

Research 1991, 217, 19-27.

43. Prochazkova, S.; Varum, K. M.; Ostgaard, K. Carbohydr. Polym. 1999, 38, (2),

115-122.

44. Kildeeva, N. R.; Perminov, P. A.; Vladimirov, L. V.; Novikov, V. V.; Mikhailov,

S. N. Russ. J. Bioorg. Chem. 2009, 35, (3), 360-369.

45. Knaul, J. Z.; Hudson, S. M.; Creber, K. A. M. Journal of Polymer Science Part B-

Polymer Physics 1999, 37, (11), 1079-1094.

46. Polte, J.; Erler, R.; Thunemann, A. F.; Sokolov, S.; Ahner, T. T.; Rademann, K.;

Emmerling, F.; Kraehnert, R. Acs Nano 2010, 4, (2), 1076-1082.

47. Van Hyning, D. L.; Klemperer, W. G.; Zukoski, C. F. Langmuir 2001, 17, (11),

3128-3135.

48. Wang, H. S.; Qiao, X. L.; Chen, J. G.; Wang, X. J.; Ding, S. Y. Mater. Chem.

Phys. 2005, 94, (2-3), 449-453.

49. Cushing, B. L.; Kolesnichenko, V. L.; O'Connor, C. J. Chemical Reviews 2004,

104, (9), 3893-3946.

50. Polte, J.; Ahner, T. T.; Delissen, F.; Sokolov, S.; Emmerling, F.; Thunemann, A.

F.; Kraehnert, R. Journal of the American Chemical Society 2010, 132, (4), 1296-

1301.

Page 109: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

85

51. Van Hyning, D. L.; Zukoski, C. F. Langmuir 1998, 14, (24), 7034-7046.

52. Mpourmpakis, G.; Vlachos, D. G. Langmuir 2008, 24, (14), 7465-7473.

53. Lin, J. H.; Chang, Y. H.; Hsu, Y. H. Food Hydrocolloids 2009, 23, (6), 1548-

1553.

54. Varum, K. M.; Ottoy, M. H.; Smidsrod, O. Carbohydr. Polym. 2001, 46, (1), 89-

98.

55. Shi, H. Z.; Bi, H. J.; Yao, B. D.; Zhang, L. D. Appl. Surf. Sci. 2000, 161, (1-2),

276-278.

56. Elzey, S.; Grassian, V. H. Journal of Nanoparticle Research 2010, 12, (5), 1945-

1958.

Page 110: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

86

Chapter-4

Fabrication Fe (III) Immobilized PVA Nanofiber

as a Sorbent for Arsenic Removal from Water

Page 111: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

87

4.1 Introduction

The main risk of chronic arsenic poisoning comes from contaminated water resources in

many parts of the world.1-3

Arsenic exists in different oxidation states and As (III) is more

likely to occur in anaerobic ground waters, while As (V) is more prevalent in surface

water.4 Arsenic content is usually introduced into our water from different industrial

wastewater discharge and geochemical sources.5 A lethal level results in acute arsenic

poisoning and multiple organ failure, leading to mortality.6 Currently, the World Health

Organisation deems arsenic concentration below 10 μgL-1

in water as safe level for

consumption.7

Symptoms of arsenic poisoning include gastritis, nausea, partial paralysis

and blindness.8-13

Therefore, the current research focus on developing a more cost-

effective arsenic removal method which may help to reduce serious health threats to

society.

Various arsenic removal systems have been developed, such as physical, chemical

and other methods in many laboratories. Physical methods such as reverse osmosis14

and

electrofiltration15

are the most effective techniques for the arsenic removal from water

supply. Similarly, chemical methods include chemical coagulation16

and usage of ion

exchange resins.17

However, these methods are slow and required technological

knowledge, which limits many practical use and not cost effective to be applied large scale

in rural areas. Furthermore, different researchers have attempted the arsenic removal by

using metal oxides,18, 19

calcium carbonate,20, 21

silicate clays22, 23

and organic materials.24

The adsorption processes are highly sensitive to pH changes and soil conditions, where

minerals such as other oxyanions may compete with arsenic ions for adsorption sites and

reduce the extraction efficiency.25

Page 112: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

88

Other innovative methods which involve usages of locally grown aquatic plants for

arsenic removal near abandoned mine sites and mineral deposit sites.26-29

Safe disposals of

these arsenic rich plants would also be a serious concern, as normal decomposition would

merely release their arsenic content back into the soil or water, rendering the efforts self-

defeating.

Recently, much efforts have been focused on the removal of pollutants using naturally

occurring cellulosic waste materials such as rice husk, coconut husk, oak bark, pine wood,

phosphorylated orange waste30

and other plant biomass.31

Similarly other adsorbents such

as activated carbon,32

chitosan,33

activated alumina,34

carbon char,35

titanium dioxide,36

and iron oxide-coated sand were also used for arsenic removal.37

Hence it is very

important to design a cheaper way with high arsenic removal efficiency for practical use.

In this investigation, our research efforts were focused on the development of

nanofibrous membranes prepared by electrospinning of polymer solutions and used for the

filtration of arsenic from water. Fe3+

ions incorporated PVA nanofibrous membranes were

prepared in laboratory scale. Our approach was to incorporate Fe3+

ions in a hydrophilic

polymer matrix and used for the preparation of nanofiber mats for arsenic removal from

water. Fe3+

ions act as crosslinker for PVA and an active component for extraction of

arsenic anions from water.

4.2 Experimental section

4.2.1 Materials

Poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA) with weight average molecular weight of 146,000-186,000,

Sodium arsenite (NaAsO2) and sodium arsenate (Na2HAsO4.7H2O) were purchased from

Sigma Aldrich. FeCl3.6H2O was purchased from Biolab Int Ltd and NH4OH was

Page 113: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

89

purchased from mallinckrodt Baker. All other chemicals used for the study were analytical

grade and ultrapure water was used for preparation of solutions. Prior to experiment, all

glasswares were thoroughly washed. PVA solution (10 wt%) was prepared by stirring

PVA granules at 80 °C in Millipore water for 2 hrs. To the PVA solution, FeCl3 was

added in the ratio of (1 : 2 wt%) and mixed properly.

4.2.2 Fabrication of PVA/Fe (III) polymeric nanofiber by electrospinning technique

The PVA/Fe3+

ion nanofibers (PVFeNF) were fabricated using electrospinning technique.

The electrospinning setup consisted of a hypodermic syringe, a needle with flat tip and a

programmable syringe pump (Optrobio Technologies Pte Ltd) were used to feed the

polymer solution.38

A positive electrode of high voltage power supply was connected to

the syringe needle and negative electrode was connected to a grounded copper plate

covered with aluminum foil. Glass cover slips for collection of fibers were placed on the

collector plate. For preparation of nanofiber, a positive high voltage supply of 16,000 V

was applied and the distance between the tip of the needle to the collector distance was

maintained at 12 cm. The feed rate of the polymer solution was set as 3 μl/min. The

resultant nanofibers were kept in a desiccator containing concentrated liquid ammonia for

6 hrs for complete cross-linking. Subsequently, the nanofibers were cleaned thoroughly

with distilled water, dried, and used for arsenic removal from water.

4.2.3 Adsorption analysis of arsenic using designed nanofiber from water

The designed PVFeNF (10 mg) was kept into different concentration of As (III) and As

(V) solution (20 ppm, 40 ppm, 60 ppm, 80 ppm and 100 ppm) in 15 ml falcon tubes and

shaked. Appropriate amounts of solution were taken from each tube after 0.5 hr, 1 hr, 2

hrs, 4 hrs, and 6 hrs of shaking. Final concentration of arsenic ions in the sample was

Page 114: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

90

determined using Inductively Coupled Plasma – Optical Emission Spectrometer (ICP-

OES). From the results, the effectiveness of the PVFeNF for extraction of arsenic ions

from water was calculated. Arsenic adsorbed nanofibers were kept for shaking with 1M

HNO3 for 4 hrs at room temperature. The nanofibers were removed and the amount of

arsenic in acid solution was measured again by ICP-OES to calculate the desorbed amount

of arsenic.

4.3 Characterization

The morphology of the polymeric nanofiber was observed using a field emission scanning

electron microscopy (FESEM, JEOL JSM-6701F). The electrospun nanofibers were

collected on glass cover slips and were mounted on copper stubs with a double sided

conducting carbon tape and coated with platinum. All IR measurements were carried out

in attenuated total reflectance (ATR) mode (Thermo Scientific) in the range of 600 - 4000

cm-1

and the spectrum was evaluated using Ominic software. Thermal properties of each

lyophilized crosslinked samples were studied using differential scanning calorimetry (TA

instruments - DSC 2920) at a heating rate of 10 °C/min in an inert N2 atmosphere.

Quantitive determination of arsenic removal was carried out using 5300 DV ICP-OES.

4.4 Results and discussion

4.1.1 Morphological and spectroscopic analysis

To prepare highly porous nanofibrous membranes, electrospinning technique was used. A

mixture of PVA and FeCl3 in proper ratio (1 : 2 wt%) was used to prepare nonwoven

nanofibrous membranes. Electrospinning parameters were optimized properly to get

nanofibers without any bead formation. All nonwoven nanofibers were deposited on a

plate form a mat with a fiber diameter ranging from 600 to 800 nm (Figure 4.1).

Page 115: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

91

Figure 4.1. FESEM image shows morphology of PVA/Fe (III) composite nanofiber and

Energy-Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy (EDX) shows the quantitative presence of Fe in

the nanofiber.

For practical applications, the water soluble nanofibers must be crosslinked to reduce the

solubility and swelling. For this, a saturated atmosphere of ammonia was made inside a

desiccator and nanofibers were kept inside for 6 hrs for complete crosslinking. The

resultant fibers were cleaned thoroughly and incorporation of Fe3+

ions on the nanofiber

mat was investigated using EDX spectroscopy (Figure 4.1). From EDX, it can be seen that

the peak intensity for Fe unit is high indicating the incorporation on the nanofiber matrix.

Furthermore, the elemental analysis data revealed a high proportion of Fe3+

ion in the

uncrosslinked and crosslinked sample. However, high amount of chlorine content was

Table 4.1. Elemental analysis of PVAFe uncrosslinked nanofiber and PVAFe Crosslinked

nanofiber

Sample ID C (wt%) H (wt%) Cl (wt%) Fe (wt%)

PVFe NF Uncross 26.13 5.24 17.57 11.99

PVFe NF Cross 25.51 4.22 0.31 21.17

0

160

320

480

640

800

960

Co

un

ts

C

N

O

Cl

ClFeFe

Fe

FePt

Pt

Pt Pt

0.1 mm0.1 mm0.1 mm0.1 mm0.1 mm

10 µm

Page 116: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

92

1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

B

Ab

sorb

an

ce %

Wavenumber (cm-1)

A. PVA NF

B. PVFeNF CROSS

A

detected for noncrosslinked sample, whereas no chlorine was detected for crosslinked

nanofibers (Table 4.1). This result indicates that the coordination of Fe3+

ions with a PVA

matrix and incorporation of ammonia removes the chlorine from polymer matrix.

Crosslinking of PVA with the help of Fe3+

ions involves a coordination mechanism.

As the Fe3+

ion is a high spin d5 species, it generally forms hexacoordinate complex with

suitable ligands.39

In the coordination process Cl- can be replaced by –OH groups in basic

medium by the formation of hydroxo- and oxo-polynuclear complexes.40

To study the

coordination behavior of Fe3+

ions and PVA, IR spectroscopy was used. After

coordination, the surface of nanofibers was characterized in the ATR mode and the

spectrum is shown in Figure 4.2. A broad absorption at 3000 - 3600 cm-1

corresponds to

the -OH stretching vibrations of the hydroxyl group of PVA. As atactic PVA contain a

few acetate moiety, C=O stretching absorption peak of ester group at 1713 cm-1

was also

observed. There was a sharp peak at 1090 cm-1

corresponds to the stretching band of C-O

group of PVA which overlaps with the Fe-O-C linkage of PVFeNF system.

Figure 4.2: ATR-IR spectra of PVA nanofiber and PVA/Fe3+

crosslinked nanofiber

Page 117: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

93

40 60 80 100 120 140 160

He

at

flo

w

Temperature (°C)

PVA NF

PVFE NF CROSS

Tg increases

160 180 200 220 240

Hea

t fl

ow

Temperature (°C)

PVA NF

PVFE NF CROSS

A B

So the formation of Fe (III)–PVA complexes did not introduce any significant changes in

the IR spectrum, which closely matched with the previous report.41

4.4.2 Structure property analysis of the resultant nanofiber

Incorporation of crosslinks to the polymeric system is to reduce the flow behavior,

solubility and swelling of the polymer in water. Crosslinks along the polymer chains

reduce the flow behavior and sliding motion between polymer chains. However, in

between the crosslinks the polymer segments remained flexible.

Figure 4.3: Curves for glass transition temperature (A) and curves for melting point (B)

analyzed by DSC analysis of PVA and Fe3+

crosslinked nanofiber.

To gain a better understanding of the effect of corosslinking towards the molecular

mobility of the PVA-Fe3+

ion complex, thermal analysis was carried out at a temperature

range from room temperature to 250 °C. The glass transition behavior was recorded which

corresponds to the second heating cycle for PVA nanofiber and Fe3+

incorporated PVA

nanofiber is shown in Figure 4.3.

Page 118: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

94

The effect of crosslinking reflects the transition from glassy to rubbery behavior.

From the graph, it can be seen that upon crosslinking, glass transition temperature (Tg) of

PVFeNF increased to 80 °C from 71 °C for PVANF. Similarly from the melting peak

data, PVA nanofiber showed a melting point at 195 °C, whereas no significant melting

point was observed for PVFe NFs. Melting is a first order transition which occurs with

increase in entropy and enthalpy of polymeric network. However, due to highly

crosslinked network formation due to stable coordination bonds between Fe (III) ions and

hydroxyl groups of PVA, it is difficult to melt such a polymer complex.

4.4.3 Filtration efficiency of arsenic using designed nanofiber

In natural water, arsenic exists mainly in the form of both As (III) and As (V). The

distribution of As (III)/As (V) ratio depends on the pH and other parameters. Owing to

this, our study was focused on the removal of both As (III) and As (V) from water. To

investigate the arsenic extraction capacity, a known amount of designed nanofibers were

kept for constant shaking with different concentrations of arsenic solution.

Figure 4.4: Concentration dependent (20 PPM, 40 PPM, 60 PPM, 80 PPM and 100 PPM)

adsorption of As (III) and As (V) ions using Fe3+

coordinated PVA nanofiber as a function

of time.

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

As (III) 20 PPM As (III) 40 PPM

As (III) 60 PPM As (III) 80 PPM

As (III) 100 PPMArs

en

ic (

III)

re

mo

va

l /%

Time (h)

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

As (V) 20 PPM As (V) 40 PPM

As (V) 60 PPM As (V) 80 PPM

As (V) 100 PPMArs

en

ic (

V) re

mo

va

l /%

Time (h)

Page 119: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

95

Nanofibers were removed and concentration of arsenic remained in solution was measured

and plotted against extraction time (Figure 4.4) for As (III) and As (V). The objective of

this study was to find out the equilibrium time of adsorption and the amount of arsenic

removal during the extraction with nanofibers. The adsorption profile demonstrates that

the maximum adsorption was achieved within 30 min for all concentration ranges.

Typically for As (III) solution (20 ppm), the adsorption efficiency was around 78% in 30

min time and 95% after 4 h of extraction. When a high concentration (100 ppm) was used

with same amount of fibers, it reaches around 50% adsorption efficiency in 30 min and

after 4 h, it was 54%. Similarly for the case of As (V), the percentage of arsenic removed

was low as compared to As (III) at same concentration range using same amount of

nanofibers. Furthermore, the high content of arsenic species on the nanofiber matrix after

extraction from water was examined using EDX analysis (Figure 4.5). It is well

understood that the adsorption efficiency depends on the surface charge of the adsorbent

and the charge of the arsenic anions. Complexation of arsenite or arsenate with the Fe3+

ions incorporated filters have been used by various researchers.41-43

Figure 4.5: EDX spectra of arsenic adsorbed PVAFe nanofiber

0

160

320

480

640

Co

un

ts C

O

FeFe

Fe

FeAs

AsPt

Pt Pt

ZAF Method Standard less

Quantitative Analysis

Element Mass% Error% Atom%

C K 21.08 0.12 46.10

O K 16.02 0.20 26.30

Fe K 51.75 0.60 24.34

As K 8.15 7.46 2.86

Pt M 2.99 0.59 0.40

Total 100.00 100.00

Page 120: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

96

We have used PVA membrane to check the extraction efficiency, but it was found to

be very low (less than 10% for 20 ppm for As (III), adsorbent amount used - 10 mg),

whereas Fe3+

loaded PVA nanofiber showed more than 90% extraction efficiency at the

same working condition. As incorporation of Fe3+

increases the arsenic anion extraction in

great extent, we gave more emphasis on Fe3+

immobilized PVA nanofiber for the removal

of arsenic from water.

A mechanism was proposed using spectroscopic data which showed arsenate and

arsenite form bidentate, binuclear complexes with the Fe3+

ions. The presence of free d-

orbital on Fe (III) atom in the PVA/Fe complex has ability to form complexes and

hydroxo bridges.44

The highly electron rich arsenic species act as strong ligand for iron

(III) ions.45

It was also hypothesized that As (III) preferably binds with Fe (III) ions and

other arsenic species adsorb via physical adsorption or weak ligand exchange reaction.46

The percentage removal of arsenic ion was calculated as

((Ci –Cf)/Ci) × 100

[Ci = initial concentration, Cf = final concentration of arsenic solution]

To check the reusability of the nanofiber after extraction, desorption study of the

arsenic ions adsorbed nanofibers was carried out using dilute HNO3 (1M). From the ICP

study, a desorption efficiency of 50 - 60% was observed. At this acid concentration, the

fiber lost its normal morphology. Hence current investigation focused on developing

disposable PVFeNF membranes for arsenic removal from water. All data corresponds to

the first time adsorption experiments analyzed in terms of the linear Freundlich and

Langmuir model and corresponding parameters were evaluated.

Page 121: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

97

1 + KaCe

qmKaCe

qe=

The Freundlich isotherm47

equation can be written as

qe = KF Ce

Linear form of the equation is; Log (qe) = Log (KF) + Log (Ce)

Where qe is the amount adsorbed (mg/g), Ce the equilibrium concentration of the

adsorbate (mg/l) and KF and n are Freundlich constants related to adsorption capacity and

adsorption intensity. The Freundlich constants KF and n, were calculated from the plots of

Log (qe) Vs Log (Ce) for both As (III) and As (V) and is shown in Figure 4.5. From the

graph, it can be seen that the adsorption of both As (III) and As (V) on PVFeNF follows

Freundlich isotherm. The calculated values for adsorption capacity (KF) and intensity (1/n)

derived from plot with the R2 values are summarized in Table 4.1.

Similarly, Langmuir equation48

was used for our study and is expressed in the

following form

The linear form of the above equation is given by :

Where qe is the amount adsorbed (mg/g), Ce the equilibrium concentration for the

adsorbate (mg/l) and qm and Ka are Langmuir constants denoting the adsorption capacity

(mg/g) and energy of adsorption (l/mg). The plot against Ce/qe Vs Ce gives a straight ine.

The Langmuir constants are calculated from the slope and intercept and given in the Table

4.2. It is observed that the value of qm is 66.67 mg/g for As (III) which is very high

1/n

=

Ce

qe

1

qm Ce +

1

Kaqm

1

n

n

n

Page 122: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

98

0

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2

2.4

2.8

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Ce

/ q

e

Ce

Langmuir Isotherm

As(III)

As(V)0

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2

0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2

Lo

g q

e

Log Ce

Freundlich isotherm

As(III)

As(V)

Table 4.2: Parameters of Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms for As (III) and As (V)

sorption on the Fe3+

loaded PVA nanofiber.

Sorbate

Freundlich isotherm Langmuir isotherm

KF

(mg/g)

n R2

qm

(mg/g)

Ka

(l/mg)

R2

As(III) 1.06 2.53 0.9514 66.67 0.0775 0.9251

As(V) 0.77 2.67 0.9611 35.97 0.0553 0.9394

Figure 4.6: Isotherm plots (Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms) for As (III) and As (V)

sorption on the Fe3+

loaded PVA nanofiber.

as compared to 35.97 mg/g for As (V). It is well understood that the extraction of the

arsenic ions depends on the active functional groups on the fiber surface and the oxidation

state of the arsenic species. As R2 value is more for Freundlich isotherm, so the adsorption

appears to be through physisorption. But from the acid desorption value of 55 - 65% due

to strong interaction, and the R2

value close to Langmuir constant, it can be concluded that

our process follows both adsorption processes. Furthermore, the Langmuir constant (Ka )

Page 123: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

99

is in between 0 to 1 range, and Freundlich constant (n) is in the range 0 - 10, indicating the

adsorption is a favorable process.

4.5 Summary and conclusion

A novel approach for the preparation of Fe3+

coordinated PVA nanofibrous membranes

via electrospinning technique is reported. The characterization of the composite nanofiber

was carried out using FESEM and EDX. FESEM image showed the diameter of the

nanofiber as 600 - 800 nm. The presence of Fe ions in the nanofiber was examined using

the EDX analysis and found to be around 21%. The structure - property relationship was

investigated in detail using thermal analysis. It was observed that the Fe3+

coordinated

PVA enhances the glass transition temperature with the absence of m.p.. This may be due

to low interchain molecular mobility through strong Fe ion induced crosslinking between

polymer chains. Nanofibers were tested for its effectiveness in extracting arsenic (As III

and As V) contaminants from aqueous environment. From the results, it was observed that

the composite nanofiber has very high efficiency (66.67 mg/g for As (III) and 35.97 mg/g

for As (V)) towards the arsenic removal from water. Compared to other available

adsorbents such as carbon particles incorporated with Fe (III) salts, our method is more

practical due to the absence of leachable materials and easy to handle during practical

usage. Hence, the designed nanofiber could be used for the removal of arsenic ions from

water with high efficiency.

Page 124: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

100

4.6 References

1. Ahsan, H.; Perrin, M.; Rahman, A.; Parvez, F.; Stute, M.; Zheng, Y.; Milton, A.

H.; Brandt-Rauf, P.; van Geen, A.; Graziano, J. Journal of Occupational and

Environmental Medicine 2000, 42, (12), 1195-1201.

2. Rahman, M. M.; Chowdhury, U. K.; Mukherjee, S. C.; Mondal, B. K.; Paul, K.;

Lodh, D.; Biswas, B. K.; Chanda, C. R.; Basu, G. K.; Saha, K. C.; Roy, S.; Das,

R.; Palit, S. K.; Quamruzzaman, Q.; Chakraborti, D. Journal of Toxicology-

Clinical Toxicology 2001, 39, (7), 683-700.

3. Sun, G. F. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology 2004, 198, (3), 268-271.

4. Vaishya, R. C.; Gupta, S. K. Journal of Environmental Engineering-Asce 2003,

129, (1), 89-92.

5. Safiuddin, M.; Md. Masud K. Proceedings of the 1st IEB international conference

and 7th annual paper meet 2001.

6. Bolliger, C. T.; Vanzijl, P.; Louw, J. A. Respiration 1992, 59, (1), 57-61.

7. (WHO), W. H. O. 3rd

Ed. Incorporating the First and Second Agenda 2008, (1),

306-308b.

8. Schwerdtle, T.; Walter, I.; Mackiw, I.; Hartwig, A. Carcinogenesis 2003, 24, (5),

967-974.

9. Ferreccio, C.; Gonzalez, C.; Milosavjlevic, V.; Marshall, G.; Sancha, A. M.;

Smith, A. H. Epidemiology 2001, 12, (2), 283-283.

10. Isbister, G. K.; Dawson, A. H.; Whyte, I. M. Human & Experimental Toxicology

2004, 23, (7), 359-364.

11. Lech, T.; Trela, F. Forensic Science International 2005, 151, (2-3), 273-277.

Page 125: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

101

12. Tournel, G.; Houssaye, C.; Humbert, L.; Dhorne, C.; Gnemmi, V.; Becart-Robert,

A.; Nisse, P.; Hedouin, V.; Gosset, D.; Lhermitte, M. Journal of Forensic

Sciences 2011, 56, S275-S279.

13. Adeyemi, A.; Garelick, H.; Priest, N. D. Human & Experimental Toxicology

2010, 29, (11), 891-902.

14. Ning, R. Y. Desalination 2002, 143, (3), 237-241.

15. Hsieh, L. H. C.; Weng, Y. H.; Huang, C. P.; Li, K. C. Desalination 2008, 234, (1-

3), 402-408.

16. Lakshmanan, D.; Clifford, D.; Samanta, G. Journal American Water Works

Association 2008, 100, (2), 76-+.

17. Shang-Lien, L. S.-L. L.; Ya-Ping, L. Res. J. Chem. Environ. 2011, 15, (1), 21-26.

18. Rivas, B. L.; Aguirre, M. D. Water Research 2010, 44, (19), 5730-5739.

19. Shipley, H. J.; Engates, K. E.; Guettner, A. M. J. Nanopart. Res. 2011, 13, (6),

2387-2397.

20. Guan, X. H.; Ma, J.; Dong, H. R.; Jiang, L. Water Research 2009, 43, (20), 5119-

5128.

21. Lee, M.; Paik, I. S.; Kim, I.; Kang, H.; Lee, S. J. Hazard. Mater. 2007, 144, (1-2),

208-214.

22. Cvetkovic, V. S.; Purenovic, J. M.; Purenovic, M. M.; Jovicevic, J. N.

Desalination 2009, 249, (2), 582-590.

23. Lee, Y. C.; Park, W. K.; Yang, J. W. J. Hazard. Mater. 2011, 190, (1-3), 652-658.

24. Seddique, A. A. S. A. A.; Masuda, H.; Mitamura, M.; Shinoda, K.; Yamanaka, T.;

Nakaya, S.; Ahmed, K. M. Applied Geochemistry 2011, 26, (4), 587-599.

Page 126: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

102

25. Mehmood, A.; Hayat, R.; Wasim, M.; Akhtar, M. S. Journal of agriculture and

biological sciences 2009, 1, (1), 59-65.

26. Zandsalimi, S.; Karimi, N.; Kohandel, A. Int. J. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2011, 8,

(2), 331-338.

27. Zhang, X.; Hu, Y.; Liu, Y. X.; Chen, B. D. J. Environ. Sci. 2011, 23, (4), 601-

606.

28. Alvarado, S.; Guedez, M.; Lue-Meru, M. P.; Nelson, G.; Alvaro, A.; Jesus, A. C.;

Gyula, Z. Bioresour. Technol. 2008, 99, (17), 8436-8440.

29. Mukherjee, S.; Kumar, S. J. Water Supply Res Technol.-Aqua 2005, 54, (1), 47-

53.

30. Ghimire, K. N.; Inoue, K.; Makino, K.; Miyajima, T. Separation Science and

Technology 2002, 37, (12), 2785-2799.

31. Kamala, C. T.; Chu, K. H.; Chary, N. S.; Pandey, P. K.; Ramesh, S. L.; Sastry, A.

R. K.; Sekhar, K. C. Water Research 2005, 39, (13), 2815-2826.

32. Chuang, C. L.; Fan, M.; Xu, M.; Brown, R. C.; Sung, S.; Saha, B.; Huang, C. P.

Chemosphere 2005, 61, (4), 478-483.

33. McAfee, B. J.; Gould, W. D.; Nadeau, J. C.; da Costa, A. C. A. Separation

Science and Technology 2001, 36, (14), 3207-3222.

34. Singh, T. S.; Pant, K. K. Water Quality Research Journal of Canada 2006, 41,

(2), 147-156.

35. Pattanayak, J.; Mondal, K.; Mathew, S.; Lalvani, S. B. Carbon 2000, 38, (4), 589-

596.

Page 127: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

103

36. Bang, S.; Patel, M.; Lippincott, L.; Meng, X. G. Chemosphere 2005, 60, (3), 389-

397.

37. Ko, L.; Davis, A. P.; Kim, J. Y.; Kim, K. W. Journal of Environmental

Engineering-Asce 2007, 133, (9), 891-898.

38. Mahanta, N.; Valiyaveettil, S. Nnaoscale 2011.

39. Hernandez, R. B.; Franc, A. P.; Yola, O. R.; Lopez-Delgado, A.; Felcman, J.;

Recio, M. A. L.; Merce, A. L. R. J. Mol. Struct. 2008, 877, (1-3), 89-99.

40. Yokoi, H.; Mori, Y.; Fujise, Y. Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1995, 68, (7), 2061-2065.

41. Zhao, Y. P.; Huang, M. S.; Wu, W.; Jin, W. Desalination 2009, 249, (3), 1006-

1011.

42. Ghanizadeh, G.; Ehrampoush, M. H.; Ghaneian, M. T. Iranian Journal of

Environmental Health Science & Engineering 7, (2), 145-156.

43. Matsunaga, H.; Yokoyama, T.; Eldridge, R. J.; Bolto, B. A. Reactive &

Functional Polymers 1996, 29, (3), 167-174.

44. Chao, T. T.; Zhou, L. Soil Science Society of America Journal 1983, 47, 225-232.

45. Grossl, P. R.; Eick, M.; Sparks, D. L.; Goldberg, S.; Ainsworth, C. C.

Environmental Science & Technology 1997, 31, (2), 321-326.

46. Vatutsina, O. M.; Soldatov, V. S.; Sokolova, V. I.; Johann, J.; Bissen, M.;

Weissenbacher, A. Reactive & Functional Polymers 2007, 67, (3), 184-201.

47. Freundlich, H. M. F. Z. Phys. Chem 1906, 57, 384-470.

48. Langmuir, I. Journal of the American Chemical Society 1918, 40, 1361-1403.

Page 128: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

104

Chapter 5

In situ Preparation of Silver Nanoparticles on

Biocompatible Methacrylated Poly (vinyl alcohol)

and Cellulose Based Polymeric Nanofibers

This chapter is accepted as a full paper for publication in the journal "RSC Advances"

Page 129: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

105

5.1 Introduction

Silver-polymer nanostructured materials are considered as important in biology,1

catalysis2 and are well known for their antimicrobial activities.

3, 4 Several fabrication

techniques have been used for the fabrication of non-agglomerated nanoparticles with

polymer as the template.5, 6

Naturally-occurring fabrics such as cotton containing silver

nanoparticles have been tested for antibacterial properties.7 Silver (Ag) nanoparticles

loaded fabrics have great potential in the field of antiseptic dressing, bandage and for

biomedical applications. Recently, hydrophilic polymeric hydrogels with Ag-

nanoparticles were prepared and applied for antimicrobial applications.8, 9

Nanofibers

prepared using electrospinning has attracted attention because of highly porous polymeric

network with superior mechanical properties and high surface area to volume ratio.10

As a

result, such nanofibers were used to fabricate polymer nanofiber mats for different

applications.11-13

A few mechanically stable and biodegradable macromers containing

silver nanoparticles was used to prepare nanofibers and showed antimicrobial activities

against S. aureus and E. coli.14

Recently many researchers fabricated natural polysaccharides and applied them in

various biomedical applications15-17

because of wide useful properties such as nontoxicity,

biocompatiblity and biodegradablity.18-20

In addition cellulose based polymers were also

used for synthesis and capping agent for metal nanoparticles.4, 21, 22

Cellulose contains a

number of hydroxyl groups with lone pairs of electrons which help to create ion-dipole

linkages hence stabilizing the Ag-nanoparticles without coagulation. Poor mechanical

properties23

and easy biodegradability24

of such natural polymers limit their use in many

applications. To overcome these issues several researchers have focused on fabrication of

Page 130: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

106

hybrids from mechanically stable polymers, such as polystyrene and polycaprolactone

with Ag-nanoparticles.25-27

Recently, PMMA nanofiber containing silver nanoparticles

was synthesized by radical mediated dispersion polymerization and applied as an

antibacterial agent.9 Silver nanoparticles incorporated polymer nanofiber showed

enhanced antibacterial efficacy compared to that of silver sulfadiazine and silver nitrate at

the same silver concentration. The hydrophobicity with lack of functional groups to

provide coordination sites for Ag-nanoparticles are the main drawbacks for commercial

polymers in many practical applications.

In the present study, hydrophilic biocompatible polymers with coordination sites for

silver and sufficient mechanical integrity was chosen as polymer matrix.

Photocrosslinkable PVA and polysaccharides based polymers (dextran and methyl

cellulose) were use to fabricate a few nanofibrous mats with different compositions via

electrospinning technique. Polysaccharides with hydroxyl groups can efficiently

coordinate the nanoparticles and by blending with atactic PVA provides good mechanical

integrity. The reduction capacity of the designed polymers was investigated by colour

changing experiment. The effect of Ag-nanoparticles on the microcrystalline structure of

the polymer matrix was investigated by thermal and mechanical analysis. The

biocompatibility of the designed methacrylated nanofiber was carried out by cell viability

analysis using human lung fibroblast IMR-90.

5.2 Experimental Section

5.2 1 Materials

Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) (Mw ≈ 146,000 - 186,000), dextran (DEX, Mw ≈ 35,000 -

45,000), silver nitrate (99.99%) and glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) were purchased from

Page 131: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

107

Sigma Aldrich. Methyl cellulose (MC) was purchased from BDH chemicals ltd. England.

All chemicals were used without further purification. Prior to experiment, all glasswares

were thoroughly washed and dried. Aqueous PVA solution (10 wt%) was prepared by

heating at 80 °C with continuous stirring. Similarly MC (5 wt%) and DEX (5 wt%)

solutions were prepared by dissolving in ultrapure water at room temperature with

constant stirring for 12 h. Solutions of PVA / MC (10 : 5) and PVA / DEX (10 : 5) were

prepared by mixing the prepared individual polymer solution and kept for constant stirring

for 6 h. AgNO3 was dissolved in deionised water in dark to avoid the chances of reduction

under light. Before electrospinning, silver nitrate solution was added to the polymer

solution and stirred for 5 minutes for proper homogeneity. Figure 5.1 shows the schematic

representation of the procedure followed for electrospinning of Ag/polymer nanofibers.

Electrospinning UV/Heat

Polymer-Ag+ aq. solution Nanofiber-Ag+ Nanofiber-Ag NP

Figure 5.1: Schematic procedure for the synthesis of polymer nanofibers containing silver

nanoparticles.

5.2.2 Synthesis of methacrylated poly(vinyl alcohol) / dextran / methyl cellulose

Methacrylated PVA was prepared according to the procedure proposed by Hennink et

al.28, 29

. PVA (2 g) was dissolved in DMSO (50 ml) and DMAP (1 g) was added to it.

GMA was added in the proper molar ratio with respect to the number of hydroxyl groups

(based on per monomer unit) and stirred the reaction mixture for 2 days. The reaction was

Page 132: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

108

carried out under nitrogen atmosphere. A similar procedure was used for the preparation

of methacrylated methyl cellulose and methacrylated dextran. After the reaction has

ended, the substituted products were dialysed against water, reprecipitated with acetone

and freeze dried. The final products were stored at -20 °C to avoid self-crosslinking. The

methacrylated derivatives obtained from all designed macromers were characterized using

FTIR and NMR spectroscopy.

5.2.3 Test for reduction of silver salt

A colour changing experiment was performed to investigate the extent of reduction of

AgNO3 by 5 different polymers (and their mixture) such as PVA (10 wt%), DEX (5 wt%),

MC (5 wt%), PVA (10 wt%) + DEX (5 wt%) and PVA (10 wt%) + MC (5 wt%). AgNO3

solution (5 wt%) was added to each set of polymer mixture and mixed gentely. Colour

changes in the samples were monitored by a digital camera at different time intervals such

as 0 h, 6 h, 20 h and 48 h.

5.2.4 Fabrication of PVA/Cellulose nanofiber by electrospinning technique

For our study, aqueous AgNO3 was added to the aqueous solution of methacrylated

macromers and stirred for 5 to 10 minutes before electrospinning. AgNO3 (5 wt%)

corresponding to the total dry weight of polymer was added to all polymer composition

designed for our study. The electrospinning setup consists of a hypodermic syringe with a

flat tip and an internal diameter of 1.2 mm. A programmable syringe pump (Optrobio

Technologies Pte Ltd) was used to feed the polymer solution. The positive electrode of the

high voltage power supply was connected to the syringe needle containing polymer

solution. The negative electrode was connected to the grounded copper plate covered with

aluminium foil which served as the collector. The solutions were electrospunned at a

Page 133: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

109

positive voltage supply of 15 – 18 kV. The distance between the needle tip and collecting

plate was 10 cm and a constant flow rate was maintained at 4 µl/min. To allow ease of

fiber removal, the glass cover slips were made hydrophobic with silylating agent. The

nonwoven electrospun nanofibers were collected on the glass cover slips placed on the

grounded aluminium foil. The whole process was carried out at ambient conditions.

During the electrospinning process, the fibers were brownish in colour, indicating

reduction of Ag ion to Ag-nanoparticles. The resultant nanofibers were kept under UV

irradiation at 365 nm for crosslinking for 6 h. The samples were further heated at 100 °C

for 6 h inside the oven for complete reduction of silver ions.

5.2.5 Cytocompatibility analysis of methacrylated designed nanofiber

Electrospun nanofiber sheets derived from methacrylated macromer (PVAMA, PVA/DEX

MA and PVA/MC MA) were collected on round glass cover slips (diameter 13 mm) and

then crosslinked under UV (365 nm, 6 h) for crosslinking. Then the fiber samples were

placed on the 24 well culture plate and conditioned in sterile PBS before seeding with

cells. IMR-90 (passage 18 ± 3) was purchased from Coriell Cell Repositories, USA and

maintained in Modified Eagles Medium with glutamine supplemented with 15% FBS

(Standard Quality, EU-approved origin PAA Laboratories), 1% each of penicillin,

streptomycin, non-essential amino acids, vitamins, and 2% essential amino acids (Gibco,

Invitrogen). Cells were subcultured at 80 - 90% confluence and maintained at 37 °C in a

humidified incubator with 5% CO2.

The viability of cells on respective nanofiber mesh was measured using CellTiter -

Glo luminescent cell viability assay (Promega) following the manufacturer’s instructions.

For the viability assay, ~5000 cells were placed along with nanofibers in a 24 - well plate

Page 134: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

110

(Griener Bio-one). This was maintained for 4 days in 1 ml medium per well at 37 °C in a

humidified incubator with 5% CO2. At respective timings, the medium in each well was

removed and replaced with 200 µl fresh medium. CellTiter-Glo (200 µl) reagent, pre-

warmed to room temperature was then added and mixed properly. After 10 mins, the

mixture was transferred to white, flat-bottom 96 - well plates (Corning, Costar) and

luminescence readings were recorded using Tecan Infinite F200 micro-plate reader.

5.3 Characterization

FTIR spectra of methacrylated derivatives were recorded using Nicolet 5700 FTIR

(Thermo Electron Corporation) and NMR spectra were recorded using a Bruker 400 MHz

instrument with TMS as internal standard and d-DMSO as solvent. The resultant fiber

morphology of the nanofiber was observed using the field emission scanning electron

microscopy (FESEM, JEOL JSM-6701F). The electrospun nanofibers were collected on

glass cover slips and were mounted on copper stubs with a double sided conducting

carbon tape and coated with platinum. Similarly, the electrospun samples were deposited

on carbon coated copper grids and used for transmission electron microscopy (TEM)

study using JEOL JEM 2010 with accelerating voltage of 200 kV. X-ray diffraction

(XRD) patterns were taken with a Bruker-AXS D8 DISCOVER with GADDS powder X-

ray diffractometer in a 2θ scan configuration in the range from 2º to 70º. Thermal

properties of the composite nanofibers were studied by thermo gravimetric analyser (TA

instrument 2960) from room temperature to 900 °C and differential scanning calorimetry

(TA instrument 2920) at a heating rate of 10 °C/min in an inert N2 atmosphere. Static

mechanical characterization was carried out by DMA instrument (TA instrument, Q800).

Page 135: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

111

5.4 Results and Discussion

5.4.1 Test for reduction of silver salt by designed polymer

The extent of reduction of silver nitrate was observed by colour changing experiment for

different polymers and mixtures (Figure 5.2). The extent of reduction of Ag-ions to Ag-

nanoparticle with designed polymer solution can be observed directly and depends on the

functionality present on the polymer backbone. It is conceivable that the hydroxyl groups

of PVA, DEX and methyl cellulose are the key functional groups responsible for reduction

of Ag-ion to Ag-nanoparticles.

The hydroxyl groups having lone pairs of electrons, coordinate with silver ions and

act as a reducing agent as well as a stabilizer for the Ag-nanoparticles.30

A brown

coloration was observed after a certain period of time indicating that the reduction of the

Ag-ions and subsequent formation of Ag-nanoparticles increased with time. It was

observed that the rate of particle formation was maximum for the case of methyl cellulose

as compared to PVA and dextran with same amount of AgNO3 loading. Furthermore, the

color for PVA-AgNO3 remained fairly clear throughout the experiment. Low reduction of

Ag+ ions in PVA/DEX-AgNO3 mixture was due to the low availability of hydroxyl groups

as a result of intermolecular hydrogen bonds between DEX and PVA molecules.

Photographs taken at 24 h clearly showed that the hydroxyl groups in MC-AgNO3 and

PVA/MC-AgNO3 have the highest rate of reduction.

The presence of substituted methyl groups on MC results in weak inter polymer chain

interactions in aqueous medium, but highly viscous nature with partial negative charge on

the oxygen atom of substituted hydroxyl group of the pyranose unit enhances the

reduction of Ag-ions.

Page 136: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

112

A CB D E

A CB D E

A CB D E

A CB D EAfter 48 hr

After 20 hr

After 6 hr

After 0 hr

Figure 5.2: Test for reduction of AgNO3 into Ag-nanoparticle, with different polymer

solutions PVA 10 wt% (A), DEX 10 wt% (B), MC 5 wt% (C), PVA 10 wt% + DEX 5

wt% (D), PVA 10 wt% + MC 5 wt% (E) the time intervals of 0 , 6 , 20 and after 48 h.

Such colour changing observation provides an idea about the extent of reduction of Ag-

ions to Ag-nanoparticles by different functional groups and molecular structure of the

polymer.

5.4.2 Designing of methacrylated macromer

As our designed macromers are water soluble, it is important to make them water

insoluble in real application. A few crosslinking experiments were used to reduce the

water solubility for various hydrophilic polymers.31, 32

But many of the crosslinking agents

are highly toxic in nature.33

Owing to that, a crosslinking method was developed by

attaching methacrylated groups to the hydroxyl position of the macromer. For this, the

methacrylate group was introduced to PVA (10 DS), MC (10 DS) and DEX (30 DS) by

reacting with GMA in presence of DMAP in DMSO as the solvent.34, 35

The pendent

Page 137: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

113

methacrylated groups of macromers were crosslinked via photopolymerization. For

crosslinking, a cytocompatible initiator, IRGACURE 2959 (1 wt%) was mixed with

solution prior to electrospinning. NMR spectrum of methacrylated - macromer showed

peaks of vinyl protons at δ 5.6 and δ 5.9 ppm,methyl group showed a peak at δ 1.8 ppm

and anomeric proton appeared at δ 5.2 ppm (SI 2).

5.4.3 Nanofibers of methacrylated macromer by electrospinning technique

Electrospinning was used to prepare highly porous, nonwoven nanofibrous mats. The

mixture of methacrylated macromers, AgNO3 and initiator were mixed in proper ratio and

electrospun into nanofibrous structure. The preparation of nanofibers by the

electrospinning process entails the utilization of a high voltage to create an electrically

charged jet of polymer solution. Oppositely charged power supply was connected to the

needle and grounded collector plate. After a critical voltage, the electrostatic force

overcomes the surface tension of the polymeric solution and the charged jet is ejected

from the tip of the needle which undergoes a process of elongation and evaporation

leaving behind nonwoven nanofiber mat. During the electrospinning process, in presence

of high voltage, Ag ions were converted to Ag-nanoparticles inside the fiber matrix with

an observable color change.

To get the optimised nanofiber without any bead formation, different polymer

concentration and blend composition were used for electrospinning. It is well known that

the properties of the polymer solutions such as viscosity, surface tension, electrical

conductivity, polymer concentrations and other parameters strongly influence the

formation of nanofibers by electrospinning process. The change in the viscosity, or

conductivity did not lead to the formation of MC nanofibers. PVA (10 wt%) was added to

Page 138: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

114

A

10 µm 10 µm 10 µm

B C

a solution of MC (5 wt%) in the volume ratio of 1:1 (volume ratio) for getting smooth

nanofibers via electrospinning. The change in the viscosity or conductivity did not lead to

the formation of MC nanofibers. Similarly, PVA (10 wt%) was added to DEX (5 wt%)

and electrospun to get smooth nanofibers without any bead formation. The fiber

morphology of the PVA-Ag, PVA/DEX-Ag and PVA/MC-Ag mixtures were observed

under similar conditions using SEM (Figure 5.3). All nanofibers showed diameters

ranging from 300 to 500 nm. For the case of only PVA-Ag, fibers with smooth

morphology were obtained but PVA/MC-Ag and PVA/DEX-Ag fibers showed more

interconnections and not as smooth as PVA-Ag nanofibers.

Figure 5.3: Scanning Electron Microscope (FESEM) image of PVA-Ag nanofiber (A),

PVA /DEX-Ag nanofiber (B) and PVA /MC-Ag nanofiber (C).

The presence of methacrylate groups on the macromer and initiator in the nanofibers

helps to crosslink the polymer chains in the solid state. The nanofibers were irradiated

under UV (365 nm) for 6 h, and reduction of silver ions was completed by heating at 100

°C for 6 h. The formation of Ag-nanoparticles was observed under TEM (Figure 5.4). It

has been found that the distribution of spherical silver nanoparticles with an average

diameter of 10 to 20 nm was uniform throughout the nanofiber matrix.

Page 139: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

115

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Ag

(220)

Ag

(111)

Ag

(222)

Ag

(311)

Ag

(20

0)

Inte

nsit

y

200 nm 200 nm 200 nm

A CB

Figure 5.4: Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) image of PVA-Ag nanofiber (A),

PVA /DEX-Ag nanofiber (B) and PVA /MC-Ag nanofiber (C).

5.4.4 X-ray diffraction analysis of nanofibers containing silver nanoparticle

The formation of silver nanoparticles in the nanofiber matrix was further confirmed by X-

ray diffraction analysis (Figure 5.5). Five peaks were observed at 2θ = 38.4º, 44.2º, 64.5º,

77.6º and 81.6º, which corresponds to the crystal faces of (111), (200), (220), (311) and

(222) of silver, consistent with the formation of face-centred-cubic silver crystallite inside

the nanofiber matrix.36, 37

Since PVA is semicrystalline and both MC and DEX are

amorphous in nature, the small intensity diffraction peaks of polymers are dominated by

the presence of sharp peaks from Ag- nanoparticles.

Figure 5.5: X-ray diffraction (XRD) pattern of PVA-Ag nanofiber (A), PVA /DEX-Ag

nanofiber (B) and PVA/MC-Ag nanofiber (C).

Page 140: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

116

5.4.5 Thermal analysis of designed macromer with Ag-nanoparticles

The purpose of crosslinking the macromer is to make the entire fiber insoluble in water

and to enhance mechanical integrity. Thermal characteristics during dynamic

processing conditions provide information on stability, shrinkage, expansion and

storage. The intrinsic chain flexibility and temperature required to induce segmental

motion is determined by the nature and amount of crosslinks. Simultaneously the

introduction of Ag-nanoparticles in the polymer matrix also effect segmental motion of

the polymer backbone.

To gain better understanding on the effect of corosslinking and nanoparticles

towards the molecular mobility of the designed macromer, thermal properties of the

composite nanofiber were analysed using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC).

DSC traces of PVA NF, PVA-DEX NF and PVA/MC NF with and without Ag-

nanoparticles were shown in Figure 5.6. All values are recorded for the second heating

cycles. From Figure 5.6, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the PVA nanofiber is

71.2 °C and PVA/DEX NF showed a Tg at 79.9 °C. This could be due to the hydrogen

bond interaction between PVA and DEX moiety which increase the glass transition

temperature. For the case of PVA/MC, the Tg was observed at 72.8 °C, which indicate

low interaction between PVA and MC. A decrease in Tg by the incorporation of Ag-

nanoparticles was observed for all polymeric nanofibers. The incorporation of bulky

Ag-nanoparticles led to decrease in interaction between polymer chains and increase in

free volume inside the lattice, which led to a decrease in Tg.

Page 141: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

117

Figure 5.6: Effect of Ag-nanoparticles on thermal property of PVA NF (8A), PVA/DEX

NF (8B), and PVA/MC NF (8C).

Similarly, thermal degradation behaviour of the polymer blends mixed with Ag-

nanoparticles was carried out by TGA analysis (SI-3). The first weight loss was due to the

loss of adsorbed moisture and volatile materials inside the composite nanofibers. A second

decomposition was observed at a range of 250 °C to 370 °C due to the degradation of

PVA via dehydration reaction of polymer chains. The third weight loss between 370 °C

and 450 °C corresponds to further degradation of polymer backbone. In the case of PVA,

PVA/DEX and PVA/MC nanofibers containing Ag-nanoparticles the residual content was

maximum even after heating up to 900 °C.

5.4.6 Mechanical properties of designed macromer with Ag-nanoparticles

Mechanical properties of fibers in static condition need to be evaluated because the load

bearing capacity plays an important role during real applications. For this, uniaxial stress-

strain behavior of designed nanofiber was investigated using tensile mode. This

measurement provides information on material properties which includes the tensile

(young’s) modulus, tensile strength (TS) (ultimate or at break) and also the elongations at

break (EB). The data from mechanical studies of PVA NF and Ag-nanoparticle

incorporated nanofibers are shown in Table 5.1. From the data, the modulus, TS and EB

40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Heat

Flo

w (

W/g

)

Temperature (°C)

PVA NF

PVA-Ag NFTg decreases

40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Heat

Flo

w (

W/g

)

Temperature (°C)

PVA/DEX NF

PVA/DEX-Ag NF

Tg decreases

40 60 80 100 120 140 160

He

at

Flo

w (

W/g

)

Temperature (°C)

PVA/MC NF

PVA/MC-Ag NF

Tg decreases

A B C

Page 142: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

118

decreases with the incorporation of Ag-nanoparticles for all nanofibers. The TS was

decreased from 12.6 MPa for PVANF to 8 MPa for PVA/DEX-Ag nanofibers. Similarly

for the case of PVA/MC-Ag nanofibers, it was decreased to 4.6 MPa. Significant

differences in modulus, TS and EB between PVA/DEX-Ag NF and PVA/MC-Ag NF

were also observed. Decrease in mechanical properties is due to the effect of nanoparticles

on the nanofiber which can be correlated with the increase in volume fraction and nature

of the nanoparticles.

During the application of tensile force to the polymer matrix, the nanoparticle polymer

interface regions pull apart physically resulting in the formation of many molecular

level cracks and voids. For the polymers, the fracture at the interface depends on the

forces of attachment of fillers, packing mechanism and any influence on molecular

orientation. As the nanoparticles are in the range of 10 - 20 nm size, with weak

interaction with the matrix it can be concluded that Ag-nanoparticle offers no

reinforcing action towards the nanofiber matrix which led to a decrease in mechanical

property.

Table 5.1: Mechanical properties of PVA/CaCO3 composite nanofiber

Composition

Modulous of

elasticity (MPa)

Tensile

Strength (MPa)

Elongation

at break (%)

PVA NF 3.02 12.6 30

PVA-Ag NF 1.99 7.9 24.1

PVA/DEX-Ag NF 2.07 8.1 18.1

PVA/MC-Ag NF 1.49 4.6 6.7

Page 143: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

119

5.4.7 Cytotoxic analysis on the designed methacrylated nanofiber

For biomaterial applications, a few criteria such as suitable functional groups, physico-

mechanical properties, expected durability and suitable interface properties must be

considered. Apart from being biocompatible, the material should be free from toxic

leachable chemicals during the application. All methacrylated PVA, dextran and MC

nanofibers were screened for cytotoxicity analysis and cell viability assay up to 4 days

with commercially available fibroblast cell line (IMR-90). After 4 days, the cell

morphology was found to be normal (Figure 5.7A) indicating that the fibrous material

showed no cytotoxic effect towards the surrounding cells.

0

1

2

3

4

Control PVA MA PVA/DEX MA PVA/MC MA

Day 1

Day 2

Day 4

Lu

min

es

en

ce

(x

10

5)

Figure 5.7: Optical micrograph of IMR-90 cells around nanofiber after 4 days of

coculture with IMR 90 cells and cell viability test with IMR-90 on designed nanofiber up

to 4 day of analysis. The data represented mean and standard deviations of four samples.

Control experiment was normalised as same cell line was used with different time scales.

In a typical procedure, all methacrylated nanofibers (10 mm diameter) were placed over

the 24-well culture plate with IMR-90 cells. The plates were incubated at 37 °C and the

cell viability was monitored after day-1, day-2 and day-4. The cell viability data revealed

no enhancement or reduction in cell growth in presence of methacrylated nanofibers in

comparison to the control after 4 days of incubation (Figure 5.7B). These results suggest

that methacrylated nanofibers showed no cytotoxic effects towards human cells.

Page 144: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

120

5.5 Summary and conclusion

The present investigation focused on the preparation of ultrafine nanofibrous membranes

from water soluble polymers containing Ag-nanoparticles prepared using electrospinning

technique. To make the water soluble polymer insoluble in aqueous environment,

photocrosslinkable methacrylate groups were incorporated on the polymer backbone.

These nanofibers were photocrosslinked under UV irradiation and annealed at 100 ºC for

the reduction of Ag-ions to Ag-nanoparticles. Characterization of the PVA-Ag,

PVA/DEX-Ag, and PVA/MC-Ag nanofibers was carried out using various physico-

mechanical analyses. The average diameter of the nanofibers ranged between 300 to 500

nm. TEM revealed that Ag- nanoparticles with an average diameter of 10 to 20 nm are

uniformly distributed throughout the nanofibers. Furthermore powder XRD confirms the

presence of Ag-nanoparticles in the nanofiber matrix. The effect of Ag-nanoparticles on

modifying the property of nanofibers was evaluated using DSC and stress-strain

measurements. The effectiveness of silver nitrate reduction was improved with the

addition of dextran and methyl cellulose separately to PVA solution. The

cytocompatibility nature of the methacrylated nanofibers suggests that the nanofiber

containing silver nanoparticles may find practical applications in the field of antimicrobial

application.

Page 145: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

121

5.6 References

1. Chen, J.; Saeki, F.; Wiley, B. J.; Cang, H.; Cobb, M. J.; Li, Z. Y.; Au, L.; Zhang,

H.; Kimmey, M. B.; Li, X. D.; Xia, Y. Nano Letters 2005, 5, (3), 473-477.

2. Roucoux, A.; Schulz, J.; Patin, H. Chem. Rev. 2002, 102, (10), 3757-3778.

3. Kong, H.; Jang, J. Biomacromolecules 2008, 9, (10), 2677-2681.

4. Son, W. K.; Youk, J. H.; Park, W. H. Carbohydrate Polymers 2006, 65, (4), 430-

434.

5. Liu, W. J.; Zhang, Z. C.; Liu, H. R.; He, W. D.; Ge, X. W.; Wang, M. Z.

Materials Letters 2007, 61, (8-9), 1801-1804.

6. He, J. H.; Kunitake, T.; Watanabe, T. Chem. Commun. 2005, (6), 795-796.

7. Gupta, P. B., M.;Bajpai, S. K. The Journal of Cotton Science 2008, 12, 280-286.

8. Mohan, Y. M.; Lee, K.; Premkumar, T.; Geckeler, K. E. Polymer 2007, 48, (1),

158-164.

9. Kong, H.; Jang, J. Langmuir 2008, 24, (5), 2051-2056.

10. Ramakrishna, S.; Fujihara, K.; Teo, W. E.; Yong, T.; Ma, Z. W.; Ramaseshan, R.

Materials Today 2006, 9, (3), 40-50.

11. Almeida, K. D. A.; de Queiroz, A. A. A.; Higa, O. Z.; Abraham, G. A.; Roman, J.

S. J. Biomed. Mater. Res. Part A 2004, 68A, (3), 473-478.

12. Melaiye, A.; Sun, Z. H.; Hindi, K.; Milsted, A.; Ely, D.; Reneker, D. H.; Tessier,

C. A.; Youngs, W. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, (7), 2285-2291.

13. Shi, Z. L.; Neoh, K. G.; Kang, E. T. Langmuir 2004, 20, (16), 6847-6852.

14. Xu, X. Y.; Yang, Q. B.; Wang, Y. Z.; Yu, H. J.; Chen, X. S.; Jing, X. B.

European Polymer Journal 2006, 42, (9), 2081-2087.

Page 146: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

122

15. Autissier, A.; Le Visage, C.; Pouzet, C.; Chaubet, F.; Letourneur, D. Acta

Biomaterialia 2010, 6, (9), 3640-3648.

16. Kim, J.; Cai, Z. J.; Lee, H. S.; Choi, G. S.; Lee, D. H.; Jo, C. Journal of Polymer

Research 2011, 18, (4), 739-744.

17. Barbucci, R.; Giardino, R.; De Cagna, M.; Golini, L.; Pasqui, D. Soft Matter

2010, 6, (15), 3524-3532.

18. Galgut, P. N. Biomaterials 1990, 11, (8), 561-564.

19. Villandier, N.; Corma, A. Chem. Commun. 2010, 46, (24), 4408-4410.

20. Wege, H. A.; Kim, S.; Paunov, V. N.; Zhong, Q. X.; Velev, O. D. Langmuir 2008,

24, (17), 9245-9253.

21. Luong, N. D.; Lee, Y.; Nam, J. D. Eur. Polym. J. 2008, 44, (10), 3116-3121.

22. Zhu, C. Y.; Xue, J. F.; He, J. H. J. Nanosci. Nanotechnol. 2009, 9, (5), 3067-

3074.

23. Oliveira, J. T.; Reis, R. L. J. Tissue Eng. Regen. Med. 2011, 5, (6), 421-436.

24. Santos, M. I.; Fuchs, S.; Gomes, M. E.; Unger, R. E.; Reis, R. L.; Kirkpatrick, C.

J. Biomaterials 2007, 28, (2), 240-248.

25. Jeon, H. J.; Kim, J. S.; Kim, T. G.; Kim, J. H.; Yu, W. R.; Youk, J. H. Applied

Surface Science 2008, 254, (18), 5886-5890.

26. Chen, J. P.; Chiang, Y. Journal of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology 2010, 10,

(11), 7560-7564.

27. Nirmala, R.; Nam, K. T.; Park, D. K.; Woo-il, B.; Navamathavan, R.; Kim, H. Y.

Surface & Coatings Technology 2010, 205, (1), 174-181.

Page 147: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

123

28. Van Dijk-Wolthuis, W. N. E.; Franssen, O.; Talsma, H.; Van Stenbergen, M. J.;

Kettenes-van den Bosh, J. J.; Hennink, W. E. Macromolecules 1995, 28, 6317-

6322.

29. Van Dijk-Wolthuis, W. N. E.; Kettenes-van den, B. J. J.; Van der Kerk-van, H.

A.; Hennink, W. E. Macromolecules 1997, 30, 3411-3413.

30. Kong, H.; Jang, J. Chemical Communications 2006, (28), 3010-3012.

31. Zhang, Y.; Zhu, P. C.; Edgren, D. Journal of Polymer Research 2010, 17, (5),

725-730.

32. Wang, Y. H.; Hsieh, Y. L. J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 2010, 116, (6), 3249-3255.

33. Ramires, P. A.; Milella, E. J. Mater. Sci.-Mater. Med. 2002, 13, (1), 119-123.

34. Vandijkwolthuis, W. N. E.; Franssen, O.; Talsma, H.; Vansteenbergen, M. J.;

Vandenbosch, J. J. K.; Hennink, W. E. Macromolecules 1995, 28, (18), 6317-

6322.

35. Reis, A. V.; Fajardo, A. R.; Schuquel, I. T. A.; Guilherme, M. R.; Vidotti, G. J.;

Rubira, A. F.; Muniz, E. C. Journal of Organic Chemistry 2009, 74, (10), 3750-

3757.

36. Xing, S.; Zhao, G. Materials Letters 2007, 61, (10), 2040-2044.

37. Zhang, J. R.; Qiu, T.; Yuan, H. F.; Shi, W. Z.; Li, X. Y. Materials Letters 2010,

65, (4), 790-792.

Page 148: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

124

Chapter 6

Nanofibers Derived form Poly (Vinyl Alcohol) and

Milk Protein and its Biocompatibility Evaluation

This chapter is published as a full paper in J. Nanosci. Nanotechnol. 2012, 12, 6156–6162;

doi:10.1166/jnn.2012.6203

Page 149: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

125

6.1 Introduction

In recent years, developments of polymeric materials find increasing demand in

biomedical applications.1 So, designing of three dimensional (3D) biomimetic

environments is the most important parameter, which allows unique opportunities for cell

attachment, growth and differentiation.2 Polymeric scaffolds impart suitable mechanical

strength which satisfies the above criteria.3, 4

Current research mainly focoused on seeding

cells on to the 3D scaffold which allows tissue formation in both in vitro and in vivo.

Hence designing a suitable scaffold material with desired chemical composition,

microstructure, porosity and other structural behaviour are the important factor for cell

material interaction.5, 6

Various fabrication techniques have been attempted for the preparation of polymeric

scaffolds, which includes physical, chemical, thermal and electrostatic fabrication

techniques.7-10

Polymeric nanofibers fabricated by electrospinning offer the ideal 3D

networks which address the requirement of tissue engineering scaffold.11

Electrospinning

serves as an excellent technique by which different biocompatible polymers can be

fabricated to nanofibrous structures12-14

which offers unique properties such as high

surface area to volume ratio and high porosity.15

Furthermore nanofibrous membrane

provides fine pores that allow to pass nutrients and waste materials and hence widely used

as scaffold material in biomedical application.16-18

For the past few years, synthetic and natural polymers have been fabricated for the

use in tissue engineering. Although many natural polymers are widely used for this

purpose, but exhibit poor mechanical property and easy biodegradability.19, 20

To

overcome these issues several researchers focused on the use of hydrophobic polymers

Page 150: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

126

due to their good mechanical property, but blood platelet adhesion and low

hemocompatibility hinders the wide spread usage.21, 22

To overcome such issues, poly

(vinyl alcohol) (PVA) is chosen as it is semicrystalline in nature with sufficient

hydrophilicity. PVA has good chemical resistance, thermal stability, physico- mechanical

properties and low toxicity with good biocompatibility.23-25

High hydrophilicity of PVA

led to minimal cell adhesion and protein adsorption. For that, PVA-based polymers

incorporated with natural molecules such as gelatine,26

heparin27

and collagen28

that can

be recognized by cells and enhance cell adhesion which leads to potential application as

scaffold for tissue growth.

By incorporation of protein on to the PVA matrix helps to improve in

biocompatibility with interesting physico-mechanical properties. Recently, sodium

casinate based membrane was used for cell proliferation which also induces cell adhesion,

making it suitable for biomedical applications.29

The presence of calcium leads to

flocculation via electrostatic interactions between casein and divalent calcium ions.30

Casein incorporated PVA cryogel is also reported for its enhanced biocompatibility and

anti-thrombogenic properties.31

Jayakrishnan et al.32

reported the sustained release of

progesterone from glutaraldehyde crosslinked casein microspheres. They reported that

glutaraldehyde crosslinked casein microspheres are excellent biodegradable carriers for

long term delivery of steroids. Furthermore, in situ coprecipitation of milk protein by

casinate-calcium phosphate interaction has been explored as potential candidate for bone

tissue engineering application.33

Furthermore, the incorporation of inorganic salts in the fabrication of scaffold plays

an important role. Magnesium ion is known for the acceleration of the nucleation process

Page 151: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

127

of hydroxyapatite formation34

and also for the bone tissue reconstruction.35

Calcium salts

are used as bone-filling material and have good osteoconductivity. Guided bone

regeneration membranes fabricated from CaCO3 composite membranes is found to have

interesting cell proliferation activity.36, 37

In this study, composites of PVA-milk protein with CaCO3 or MgCO3 were used for

the preparation of nanofibers and screened for cell adhesion and proliferation. We

emphasize that although a plethora of protein composites were investigated to obtain

tissue construct, the incorporation of natural milk protein onto PVA need more

investigation in detail. For this, we fabricated the PVA nanofibers with different

compositions. The microscopic morphology, surface area analysis and the effect of

additives on to physical properties were investigated in detail. We also investigated the in

vitro biocompatibility of resultant nanofibers by cell attachment and viability study of

human lung fibroblast on the fiber surface.

6.2 Experimental Section

6.2 1 Materials

PVA with weight average molecular weight 146,000 - 186,000, MgCO3, CaCO3 and

phosphoric acid were purchased from Sigma Aldrich. Glutaraldehyde was purchased from

Alfa aesar. Commercially available fresh milk was purchased from supermarket and was

centrifuged at 4 °C at a speed of 15,000 rpm for 60 minutes to obtain milk protein

separated from fats.

6.2.2 Fabrication of nanofiber by electrospinning techniques

PVA solution (10 wt %) was prepared by heating at 80 °C in ultrapure water under stirring

for 2 h. All composite solutions were prepared by stirring PVA (10 wt %) solution with

Page 152: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

128

the required amount of CaCO3 or MgCO3 for 24 hrs. Resultant solutions were used for

preparing nanofibrous assembly via electrospinning. For this, the polymer solution was

placed in a hypodermic syringe with an inner diameter of 1.2 mm. A programmable

syringe pump (Optrobio Technologies) was used to feed the polymer solution and a

positive high DC voltage supply (15 to 20 kV) was applied to the polymer solution. The

flow rate of the polymer solution was maintained at 5 µl/min. A grounded aluminium foil

was used as collector and placed at a distance of 12 cm below the needle. The resultant

nanofibers were collected on the glass cover slips placed above the aluminium foil. The

composite nanofiber of PVA and milk protein of 66.6/33.3 dry wt% represent as PVA-MP

NF. Similarly 66.6/33.3 dry wt % of PVA/CaCO3 and PVA/MgCO3 represents as PVA-

CC NF and PVA-MGC NF. Furthermore the mixture of PVA/milk protein/CaCO3 and

PVA/milk protein/MgCO3 (50/25/25 dry wt%) represent as PVA-MP-CC NF and PVA-

MP-MGC NF respectively.

6.2.3 Cell viability and cell adhesion property analysis using human fibroblast

Electrospun nanofiber sheets were collected on round glass cover slips (diameter 13 mm)

and crosslinked with glutaraldehyde. The fiber samples were thoroughly washed with

acetone, water and sterilised under UV irradiation, placed on the bottom of 24 - well

culture plate and conditioned in sterile PBS before seeding with cells. IMR-90 (passage 18

± 3) was purchased from Coriell Cell Repositories, USA and maintained in Modified

Eagles Medium with glutamine supplemented with 15 % FBS (Standard Quality, EU-

approved origin PAA Laboratories), 1 % each of penicillin, streptomycin, non-essential

amino acids, vitamins, and 2 % essential amino acids (Gibco, Invitrogen). Cells were

Page 153: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

129

subcultured at 80-90 % confluence and maintained at 37 °C in a humidified incubator with

5 % CO2.

The viability of cells on respective nanofiber mesh was measured using CellTiter-Glo

luminescent cell viability assay (Promega,) following manufacturer’s instructions. This

assay is a homogeneous method for determining the number of viable, metabolically

active cells based on quantification of ATP concentration. The procedure involves

addition of an equal volume of reagent to the medium in test wells, which in a single step

generates a luminescent signal proportional to the concentration of ATP present in cells.

The assay is based on the conversion of luciferin to oxyluciferin by a recombinant

luciferase in the presence of ATP. The observed luminescence is proportional to the

quantity of ATP in cells. The reagent contains detergents to break the cell membrane,

causing ATP release into the medium with ATPase inhibitors to stabilise the released

ATP. For the ATP assay, ~5,000 cells were plated per well with nanofibers in a 24-well

plate (Griener Bio-one). This was maintained for and 7 days in 1 ml medium per well at

37 °C in a humidified incubator with 5 % CO2. At respective timings, the medium in each

well was removed and replaced with 200 µl fresh medium. 200 µl of CellTiter-Glo reagent

pre-warmed to room temperature was then added and mixed properly. After 10 mins, the

mixture was transferred to white, flat-bottom 96 - well plates (Corning, Costar).

Luminescence readings were measured using Tecan Infinite F200 micro-plate reader.

6.3 Characterization

The fiber morphology and quantitative presence of CaCO3 and MgCO3 on the composite

nanofibers were characterized by a JEOL JSM-6701F field emission scanning electron

micrograph (FESEM). Thermal properties of each composite nanofiber were studied by

Page 154: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

130

thermo-gravimetric analysis (TA instruments - SDT 2960) with a heating rate of 10

°C/min in an inert N2 atmosphere; and differential scanning calorimetry (TA instruments)

at a heating rate 10 °C/min in an inert N2 atmosphere. X - ray diffraction (XRD) pattern of

the samples were recorded by Bruker-AXS: D8 DISCOVER with GADDS Powder X-ray

diffractometer. Scans were made from 2° to 70° (2θ). The Brunauer – Emmett – Teller

(BET) surface area was measured using N2 physical adsorption method with a surface area

analyser (micromeritics ASAP 2020). Prior to the BET measurement, samples were

degassed in a vacuum oven at 120 °C for 10 h. The relative pressure range P/P0 of 0.05 –

0.30 was used for calculating the BET surface area. To observe cell morphology using

FESEM, the nanofiber samples from cultured vials were washed thrice with phosphate

buffer saline (PBS), fixed with 2.5 % glutaraldehyde for 1 h and dehydrated using ethanol

series (50 %, 70 %, 80 %, 90 %, 95 % and 100 %). The fiber sheets were finally dried

using critical point dryer coated with platinum and observed under FESEM.

6.4 Results and discussion

6.4.1 Morphological analysis

Non-woven nanofiber of respective mixture solution was fabricated by electrospining

technique. The electrospinning process entails the utilization of a high voltage to create an

electrically charged jet of polymer solution. As the magnitude of voltage is increased, the

hemispherical surface of the liquid at the top of the needle forms Taylor cone and

ultimately comes out as fiber in the nanometer range. Figure 6.1 shows the SEM images

of the nanofibrous membranes prepared from PVA NF and with different other designed

compositions. The morphology of fabricated composite nanofibers showed smooth surface

Page 155: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

131

Figure 6.1: FESEM images of PVA NF (A), PVA-CC NF (B), PVA-MGC NF (C),

PVA-MP NF (D), PVA-MP-CC NF (E) and PVA-MP-MGC NF (F).

morphology without any bead formation. The average fiber diameter of all nanofibers was

between 300 and 500 nm. It was observed that the surface morphology of PVA-MGC NF

and PVA-MP-MGC NF was not smooth as compared to CaCO3 composite fiber. In order

to confirm the presence of additives on nanofiber matrix, EDS analysis was carried out.

The peak of calcium and magnesium indicates the presence of the additives inside the

nanofiber matrix as shown in Figure 6.2. Similarly the incorporation of milk protein on to

the composite nanofiber matrix was confirmed by elemental analysis showing the

Figure 6.2: Energy dispersive spectra of PVA NF (A), PVA-CC NF (B) and PVA-MGC

NF (C).

A B C

Page 156: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

132

presence of nitrogen moiety of the amino acids (Table 6.1).

Table 6.1: Elemental analysis of milk incorporated PVA nanofiber, showing the presence

of nitrogen content due to the amino acids

Carbon (%) Hydrogen (%) Nitrogen (%)

PVA NF 59.67 8.79 < 0.5

Dried Milk protein 42.97 7.99 5.71

PVA-MP NF 54.22 7.53 2.31

In comparison to conventional melt spinning fabrication techniques, electrospinning gives

ultrafine fibers with high surface area to volume ratio. The BET results of PVA nanofiber

shows that the 3D porous fiber mat has a high surface area of 5.29 m2 g

-1 with total pore

volume of 0.023 cm3 g

-1. Such surface area achieved was mainly due to the formation of

fibers with smaller diameter fibers of around 300 - 500 nm. This value is comparable to

the recently reported literature derived from PCL/Gelatine nanofiber having surface area

of 6.56 m2 g

-1 38

and PVA/tin glycolate composite fibers with surface area of 17 m2 g

-1.39

Due to such high surface area of electrospun nanofibers is the main reason for wide

applicability in current research in comparison to other conventional fabrication

techniques.

6.4.2 Effect of additives on the physico-mechanical behaviour

The thermal analysis of polymeric composite nanofibers was performed by TGA. In all

cases, weight loss was recorded from room temperature to 900 °C in N2 atmosphere.

Figure 6.3 shows the weight loss for PVA NF, PVA-MP NF, PVA-MP-CC NF and PVA-

Page 157: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

133

MP-MGC NF. The first weight loss at around 100 °C is due to adsorbed moisture and

volatile materials such as solvent molecules present in the composite nanofiber. Another

decomposition (T-1) at the range of 250 °C to 350 °C is due to degradation of PVA by

dehydration reaction of polymer chains and second decomposition (T-2) at 350 °C to 450

°C corresponds to the degradation of polyene residues which found maximum for PVA

nanofiber. CaCO3 in the composite nanofiber undergoes degradation to emit CO2 at

temperature range of 650 °C to 750 °C and is shown as T-3. The remaining residue found

after 900 °C was CaO.

However, for PVM-MGC NF, T-4 and T-5 at the region of 320 °C to 470 °C can be

attributed to degradation of hydromagnesite and also PVA. The identity of the residue

present after 470 °C is established as MgO. To gain a better understanding on the effect of

additives toward the molecular mobility of the designed macromer, DSC analyses were

carried out. All values were recorded for second heating cycles of the analysis.

200 400 600 8000

20

40

60

80

100

T-5

T-4

T-3

T-2

T-1

Wei

gh

t (%

)

Temperature (°C)

PVA NF

PVA-MP NF

PVA-MP-CC NF

PVA-MP-MGC NF

Figure 6.3: TGA thermogram of PVA NF (A), PVA-MP NF (B), PVA-MP-CC NF (C),

and PVA-MP-MGC NF (D).

Page 158: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

134

Figure 6.4 shows the glass transition temperature (Tg) of PVA NF and compared with all

designed composite nanofibers. It was observed that the Tg of PVA NF is at 71.7 °C. The

addition of milk and CaCO3 onto the nanofiber caused the Tg of the polymer backbone to

shift slightly towards lower temperatures. For polymers, the segmental mobility at the

interface depends greatly on the force of attachment of fillers, packing mechanism and

other factors which can influence molecular orientation. The effect of non-reinforcing

filler particles (CaCO3 and MgCO3) on the

40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Hea

t F

low

(W

/g)

Temperature (°C)

PVA NF

PVA-MP NF

PVA-CC NF

PVA-MP-CC NF

PVA-MGC NF

PVA-MP-MGC NF

Tg decreases

Figure 6.4: Glass transition temperature analysis of PVA NF (A), PVA-MP NF (B),

PVA-CC NF (C), PVA-MP-CC NF (D) PVA-MGC NF (E) and PVA-MP-MGC NF (F).

polymer composite nanofiber lowered the temperature required to start the segmental

motion in between polymer chains. From the Tg values summarised in Table 6.1 it can be

concluded that there is no reinforcing action towards the polymer when CaCO3 or MgCO3

was incorporated in the designed nanofiber.

Page 159: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

135

Table 6.2: DSC analysis of PVA-milk protein/CaCO3 nanofiber and PVA-milk

protein/MgCO3 nanofiber

NF Sample

Glass Transition

Temperature

(Tg in °C)

Melting Point

(M.P in °C)

Melting Peak

Enthalpy

(ΔHm in J/g)

PVA NF 71.7 195 35

PVA-MP NF 69.8 194 26.2

PVA-CC NF 68.0 176 7.1

PVA-MP-CC NF 65.5 182 6.5

PVA-MGC NF 68.4 196 22

PVA-MP-MGC NF 64.1 184 4.3

Furthermore the comparative melting points for all designed nanofibers are listed in the

table. By introducing fillers, the chain interactions decreased which caused a decrease in

melting point and hence melting peak enthalpy also decreases.

6.4.3 XRD analysis of PVA composite nanofibers

X-ray powder diffraction profiles of composite nanofibers were collected at room

temperature and compared with that of CaCO3 and MgCO3 powders. Figure 6.5 shows the

XRD pattern of PVA NF, CaCO3, PVA-MP-CC NF, MgCO3 and PVA-MP-MGC NF

composites. CaCO3 incorporated fibers gave calcite peaks which were comparable with

JCPDF No-86-0174. As atactic PVA is semicrystalline in nature, the diffraction patterns

were dominated by CaCO3 lattice. Similar patterns were also observed for MgCO3

incorporated fibers. The peaks found in semicrystalline PVA were replaced by crystalline

MgCO3. The sharp reflections arise from hydromagnesite which is comparable with

JCPDF No-701177. The semicrystallinity of the PVA matrix was lost in the composite

fiber matrix.

Page 160: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

136

10 20 30 40 50 60 70

a

Inte

nsi

ty

b

c

d

e

Figure 6.5: XRD plot for PVA NF (A), CaCO3 (B), PVA-MP-CC NF (C), MgCO3 (D)

and PVA-MP-MGC NF (E).

6.4.4 Cell adhesion and viability study on designed electrospun nanofibers

membranes

Cell proliferation and differentiation are mainly controlled by the chemical and physical

parameters of the designed scaffold. Materials used for tissue engineering applications

must be able to meet a number of requirements. Firstly, they must not have any toxic

effect towards the surrounding tissues. Apart from that, various other components

involved in the growth and differentiation of cells on the surface, which includes

adsorption of serum components onto the extracellular matrix produced by the cells40

and

surface roughness.41

Polymeric nanofibers offer good mechanical properties and a porous structure which

allow diffusion of nutrient and waste molecules. Nanofibrous materials have been studied

Page 161: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

137

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Lu

min

esen

ce ( x

10

5)

Day 1 Day 3 Day 7

0

20

40

60

80

TCPSLu

min

ese

nce

( 1

05)

Lu

min

esc

en

ce (

10

5)

for its superior cell attachment properties. High aspect ratio platforms can allow more

filapia projecting from the edges of the nanofibrous scaffold.42

IMR-90 was seeded in

each sample well and cultured for various time intervals (1, 3 and 7 days). Tissue culture

polystyrene (TCPS) was used as positive reference. Figure 6.6 shows the cell proliferation

on individual composite nanofiber. On day 1, Cell number and growth are similar for all

samples. From day 3 onwards, cell viability increased in almost all samples as compared

to the PVA nanofiber. Increased cell proliferation was most significant after 7 days of the

experiment.

Figure 6.6: Cell viability assay on PVA-MP/CaCO3 and PVA-MP/MgCO3 composite

nanofibers

Page 162: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

138

the graph, PVA-MP NF did not show any cytotoxic effect with low cell proliferation

behaviour. The best enhancements in cell viability were observed on the case of PVA-MP-

CC NF and PVA-MP- MGC NF, where cell viability was improved in the order of 1.5 to 2

fold, as compared to PVA NF.

Nanofibrous materials having high surface area with incorporation of natural proteins

can provide a suitable platform for cell proliferation. Casein is a phosphoprotein which is

expected to enhance the biocompatibility and hence increases in cell proliferation.

Similarly, CaCO3 and MgCO3 are known for cytocompatibility and both were studied for

guided bone tissue regeneration.35, 43

10µm

10 um

20µm

A B

10µm

220µm 220µm

C D

Figure 6.7: SEM images of IMR-90 cell on PVA NF (A), PVA-MA NF (B), PVA-MA-

CC NF (C) and PVA-MA-MGC NF (D) after 7 days.

Page 163: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

139

A similar behaviour was observed by Serizawa et al. for L-929 fibroblasts cell adhesion

onto a CaCO3 deposited film of PVA-casted on polyethylene.44

The combined effect of

milk protein embedded with CaCO3 and MgCO3 enhanced cell proliferation on our PVA

composite NF surface. These results indicate that extracellular matrix production on the

nanofiber surface might be enhanced by the Casein-CaCO3 and Casein-MgCO3

composites.

The enhancement in cell adhesion behaviour on both PVA-MP-CC NF and PVA-MP-

MGC NF composite fibers were further supported by the SEM images (Figure 6.7). The

SEM image of PVA NF (Figure 6.7A) shows no significant cell adhesion, but for PVA-

MP-CC NF and PVA-MP-MGC NF (Figure 6.7B and 6.7C), it was observed that a large

number of cells adhered on these surfaces. PVA fibers are highly hydrophilic in nature and

do not allow cells to proliferate on its surface. Natural proteins have peptide chains which

facilitate cellular adhesion and proliferation hence increasing its biocompatibility which is

confirmed from the cell viability study. Our work has demonstrated that mixing of milk

proteins with PVA-CaCO3 and PVA-MgCO3 can significantly improve cell viability and

cell proliferation of IMR-90 over PVA nanofiber.

6.5 Summary and conclusions

Highly porous 3D nanofibrous membranes were prepared from PVA-milk protein/CaCO3

and PVA-milk protein/MgCO3 by electrospinning technique. The average diameter of

nanofibers was 300 - 500 nm, and is highly porous in nature with very high surface area of

5.29 m2 g

-1. The existence of CaCO3 and MgCO3 on the nanofiber matrix was proved by

XRD and EDS. The addition of inorganic additives (CaCO3 and MgCO3) causes decrease

in glass transition temperature and hence acts as non-reinforcing behaviour towards the

Page 164: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

140

PVA backbone. The results of in vitro cell culture studies revealed that the composite

nanofibers were cytocompatible. The presence of milk protein on the nanofiber matrix

favours cell proliferation and attachment. Furthermore the composite nanofiber of milk

protein incorporated with CaCO3 and MgCO3 greatly enhanced cell proliferation. Such an

enhanced effect on cell compatibility of natural protein incorporated designed nanofiber,

would be very preferable in biomedical application.

Page 165: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

141

6.6 References

1. Marler, J. J.; Upton, J.; Langer, R.; Vacanti, J. P. Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 1998, 33,

(1-2), 165-182.

2. Kim, S. M.; Kim, S. H.; Kim, C. M.; Oh, A. Y.; Kim, M. S.; Khang, G.; Rhee, J.

M.; Lee, H. B. Tissue Eng. Regen. Med. 2007, 4, (2), 179-185.

3. Huang, C. C.; Liao, C. K.; Yang, M. J.; Chen, C. H.; Hwang, S. M.; Hung, Y. W.;

Chang, Y.; Sung, H. W. Biomaterials 2010, 31, (24), 6218-6227.

4. Derwin, K. A.; Badylak, S. F.; Steinmann, S. P.; Iannotti, J. P. J. Shoulder Elbow

Surg. 2010, 19, (3), 467-476.

5. Wu, L. B.; Ding, J. D. J. Biomed. Mater. Res. Part A 2005, 75A, (4), 767-777.

6. Engel, E.; Del Valle, S.; Aparicio, C.; Altankov, G.; Asin, L.; Planell, J. A.;

Ginebra, M. P. Tissue Eng. Part A 2008, 14, (8), 1341-1351.

7. Liu, Y.; Vrana, N. E.; Cahill, P. A.; McGuinness, G. B. J. Biomed. Mater. Res.

Part B 2009, 90B, (2), 492-502.

8. Zhang, S. G. Nat. Biotechnol. 2003, 21, (10), 1171-1178.

9. Chung, S. W.; Ingle, N. P.; Montero, G. A.; Kim, S. H.; King, M. W. Acta

Biomaterialia 2010, 6, (6), 1958-1967.

10. Beachley, V.; Wen, X. J. Progress in Polymer Science 2010, 35, (7), 868-892.

11. Tuzlakoglu, K.; Reis, R. L. Tissue Eng. Part B-Rev. 2009, 15, (1), 17-27.

12. Thomas, V.; Jose, M. V.; Chowdhury, S.; Sullivan, J. F.; Dean, D. R.; Vohra, Y.

K. J. Biomater. Sci.-Polym. Ed. 2006, 17, (9), 969-984.

13. Yang, D. Z.; Zhang, J. F.; Zhang, J.; Nie, J. J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 2008, 110, (6),

3368-3372.

Page 166: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

142

14. Yu, J.; Qiu, Y. J.; Zha, X. X.; Yu, M.; Yu, J. L.; Rafique, J.; Yin, J. European

Polymer Journal 2008, 44, (9), 2838-2844.

15. Agarwal, S.; Greiner, A.; Wendorff, J. H. Advanced Functional Materials 2009,

19, (18), 2863-2879.

16. Yoshimoto, H.; Shin, Y. M.; Terai, H.; Vacanti, J. P. Biomaterials 2003, 24, (12),

2077-2082.

17. Semino, C. E.; Kasahara, J.; Hayashi, Y.; Zhang, S. G. Tissue Engineering 2004,

10, (3-4), 643-655.

18. Ghasemi-Mobarakeh, L.; Prabhakaran, M. P.; Morshed, M.; Nasr-Esfahani, M.

H.; Ramakrishna, S. Biomaterials 2008, 29, (34), 4532-4539.

19. Huda, S.; Reddy, N.; Karst, D.; Xu, W. J.; Yang, W.; Yang, Y. Q. J. Biobased

Mater. Bioenergy 2007, 1, (2), 177-190.

20. Potta, T.; Chun, C.; Song, S. C. Biomaterials 31, (32), 8107-8120.

21. Liu, L.; Guo, S. R.; Chang, J.; Ning, C. Q.; Dong, C. M.; Yan, D. Y. Journal of

Biomedical Materials Research Part B-Applied Biomaterials 2008, 87B, (1), 244-

250.

22. Khang, G.; Choee, J. H.; Rhee, J. M.; Lee, H. B. Journal of Applied Polymer

Science 2002, 85, (6), 1253-1262.

23. Schmedlen, R. H.; Masters, K. S.; West, J. L. Biomaterials 2002, 23, (22), 4325-

4332.

24. Cheng, C. M.; LeDuc, P. R. Molecular Biosystems 2006, 2, (6-7), 299-303.

25. Kobayashi, M. Bio-Medical Materials and Engineering 2004, 14, (4), 505-515.

Page 167: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

143

26. Wang, M. B.; Li, Y. B.; Wu, J. Q.; Xu, F. L.; Zuo, Y.; Jansen, J. A. J. Biomed.

Mater. Res. Part A 2008, 85A, (2), 418-426.

27. Nilasaroya, A.; Poole-Warren, L. A.; Whitelock, J. M.; Martens, P. J.

Biomaterials 2008, 29, (35), 4658-4664.

28. Uchino, Y.; Shimmura, S.; Miyashita, H.; Taguchi, T.; Kobayashi, H.; Shirnazaki,

J.; Tanaka, J.; Tsubota, K. Annual Meeting of the Association-for-Research-in-

Vision-and-Ophthalmology, Ft Lauderdale, FL, Apr 30-May 05, 2005; Wiley-

Liss: Ft Lauderdale, FL, 2005; pp 201-206.

29. Silva, G. A.; Vaz, C. M.; Coutinho, O. P.; Cunha, A. M.; Reis, R. L. J. Mater.

Sci.-Mater. Med. 2003, 14, (12), 1055-1066.

30. Ye, A. Q.; Singh, H. Food Hydrocolloids 2001, 15, (2), 195-207.

31. Bajpai, A.; Saini, R. Polym. Int. 2005, 54, (5), 796-806.

32. Latha, M. S.; Lal, A. V.; Kumary, T. V.; Sreekumar, R.; Jayakrishnan, A.

Contraception 2000, 61, (5), 329-334.

33. Ritzoulis, C.; Scoutaris, N.; Papademetriou, K.; Stavroulias, S.; Panayiotou, C.

Conference on Food Colloids, Harrogate, ENGLAND, Apr 18-21, 2004; Elsevier

Sci Ltd: Harrogate, ENGLAND, 2004; pp 575-581.

34. TenHuisen, K. S.; Brown, P. W. J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 1997, 36, (3), 306-314.

35. Landi, E.; Tampieri, A.; Mattioli-Belmonte, M.; Celotti, G.; Sandri, M.; Gigante,

A.; Fava, P.; Biagini, G. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 2006, 26, (13), 2593-2601.

36. Fujihara, K.; Kotaki, M.; Ramakrishna, S. Biomaterials 2005, 26, (19), 4139-

4147.

Page 168: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

144

37. Walsh, W. R.; Chapman-Sheath, P. J.; Cain, S.; Debes, J.; Bruce, W. J. M.;

Svehla, M. J.; Gillies, R. M. Journal of Orthopaedic Research 2003, 21, (4), 655-

661.

38. Zhang, Y. Z.; Feng, Y.; Huang, Z. M.; Ramakrishna, S.; Lim, C. T.

Nanotechnology 2006, 17, (3), 901-908.

39. Bazargan, A. M.; Fateminia, S. M. A.; Ganji, M. E.; Bahrevar, M. A. Chemical

Engineering Journal 2009, 155, (1-2), 523-527.

40. Matsuzaka, K.; Walboomers, X. F.; de Ruijter, J. E.; Jansen, J. A. Biomaterials

1999, 20, (14), 1293-1301.

41. Deligianni, D. D.; Katsala, N.; Ladas, S.; Sotiropoulou, D.; Amedee, J.; Missirlis,

Y. F. Biomaterials 2001, 22, (11), 1241-1251.

42. Liu, Y.; Ji, Y.; Ghosh, K.; Clark, R. A. F.; Huang, L.; Rafailovichz, M. H. J.

Biomed. Mater. Res. Part A 2009, 90A, (4), 1092-1106.

43. Piattelli, A.; Podda, G.; Scarano, A. Biomaterials 1997, 18, (8), 623-627.

44. Serizawa, T.; Tateishi, T.; Akashi, M. J. Biomater. Sci.-Polym. Ed. 2003, 14, (7),

653-663.

Page 169: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

145

Chapter 7

Preparation of Viscoelastic Hydrogels from Poly

(vinyl alcohol)/Fe (III) Complex and its

Cytocompatibility Evaluation

Page 170: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

146

7.1 Introduction

With the rapidly evolving application of polymeric scaffold in biomedical field, designing

and fabrication of new materials is an important aspect towards developing new class of

biomaterials. Hydrogels are of special interest owing to the presence of large amount of

water within its network structure.1 Hydrogels with high water content and elastic in

nature are suitable for many applications such as matrices for the controlled release of

pharmaceutical agents, contact lenses and bio-adhesives.2-6

The different crosslinking

methods used for the preparing hydrogels such as chemical, physical and ionic

crosslinking, impart unique properties to the hydrogels.7

Recently, poly (vinyl alcohol) (PVA) hydrogels have been studied for potential

biomedical applications.8, 9

The porous network structure of the gels favours exchange of

nutrients and waste products with surrounding body environments making them attractive

substitutes for soft tissues10, 11

and drug delivery applications.12, 13

PVA gels are known to

be biocompatible, stable at 37 °C and its high hydrophilicity ensures minimal cell

adhesion and protein adsorption which are beneficial in biomedical applications.14-16

Furthermore, PVA hydrogels have shown to exhibit good mechanical responses to porcine

aortic tissue,17

human carotid arteries and for potential heart valve applications artificial

articular cartilages18, 19

and for intravascular applications.20

PVA is a semi-crystalline polymer with pendent hydroxyl groups. The

hydrophilicity and water solubility of PVA can be controlled by the extent of hydrolysis of

acetal protecting groups and molecular weight.21

PVA hydrogels were formed via both

chemical and physical crosslinking mechanisms. The freeze thaw technique involves

repeated cooling the hydrogel to a lower temperature of -20 °C and thawing to room

Page 171: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

147

temperature for several cycles. By this process, the crystallinity of hydrogel increases and

the polymer chains become physically crosslinked.22

Glutaraldehyde was used as the

chemical crosslinking agent for the pendent hydroxyl groups of PVA in presence of acid

catalysts.23-25

The hydroxyl groups of PVA can react with glutaraldehyde under acidic

conditions to forms acetal rings. The glutaraldehyde crosslinking method has limitations

as traces of residual glutaradehyde makes the hydrogel cytotoxic. Anseth et al. studied

ester-acrylate and glycidyl acrylate as pendent groups on substituted PVA as

photocrosslinking sites.26, 27

The gelling behaviour of PVA-methacrylate and its potential

use in tissue replacement and drug delivery has also been explored.28

Recently acryloyl or

methacryloyl derivatized PVA hydrogel was synthesized by grafting PVA with acrylic

acid or methacrylic acid.29

Though several investigations have been carried out for crosslinking PVA using

chemical and photochemical methods in recent years, the design of suitable biomaterial

having desired mechanical property proves to be the most challenging. In this study, we

have examined crosslinking of PVA using metal ions to obtain hydrogel for potential

biomedical applications. Even though, a plethora of crosslinking techniques have been

investigated to obtain hydrogels from PVA, the fabrication of PVA-Fe (III) coordinated

gel and its detail property study has not been investigated to the best of our knowledge for

any biological applications. Here, physico-mechanical behavior, cytotoxicity, cell

adhesion and growth in PVA-Fe hydrogel are investigated in detail.

7.2 Experimental

7.2.1 Materials

Poly (vinyl alcohol) (PVA) with weight average molecular weight 146,000 - 186,000 was

purchased from Sigma Aldrich. FeCl3.6H2O was purchased from Biolab Int Ltd and

Page 172: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

148

NH4OH was purchased from Mallinckrodt Baker. Dialysis membrane (molecular weight

cut off 3,500) was purchased from thermoscientific and prepared according to procedure.

Tissue culture polystyrene (TCPS) plates were purchased from Griener Bio-One.

Dulbecco’s Minimum Essential Medium (DMEM) was purchased from PAA

Laboratories. Phosphate buffered saline (PBS) was purchased from 1st BASE. All other

chemicals used for the study were analytical grade.

7.2.2 Preparation of Fe3+

coordinated PVA hydrogels

PVA solution (10 wt%) was prepared by heating PVA granules at 80 °C in Millipore

water with constant stirring for 2 hrs. FeCl3 was dissolved in Millipore water at

various concentrations (0.1 M, 0.15 M, 0.2 M, and 0.25 M), solution (1 ml) was added

to 5 ml of 10% PVA solution, and mixed properly using magnetic stirrer. To above

solution, NH4OH (1 ml) was added drop wise with continuous shaking for the

formation of hydrogel. According to the above four designed concentration of FeCl3

crosslinker used, the sample set was designated as PVFeGel-1, PVFeGel-2, PVFeGel-3

and PVFeGel-4, respectively.

7.2.3 Swelling analysis of hydrogel

Hydrogels were prepared on previously weighed plastic vials. For this, solution of PVA

(1ml, 10 wt%) was added with different proportion of FeCl3 (200 µl) solution. NH4OH

(200 µl) was added drop wise with constant homogenization resulting in the formation of

crosslinked gels. To these crosslinked samples, 20-fold excess amount of PBS was added

and allowed to swell in incubator at 37 °C. Surface of the hydrogel was swabbed with the

help of blotting paper to remove excess PBS and were weighed in an analytical balance in

regular time intervals to monitor the water absorption capacity inside the hydrogel

Page 173: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

149

networks. Experiments were done in triplicates. Swelling ratio (Qm) was calculated from

the ratio of weight of PBS uptake to the weight of dried gel.

Qm = (Ws - Wd)/Wd

Where Ws is the total weight of swollen hydrogel and Wd is the weight of hydrogel

dried by lyophilizer.

7.2.4 SEM and spectroscopic analysis of hydrogel

The swollen gel was dried using freeze-dry method and the samples were cut carefully by

scalpel blade. Sample was coated with platinum and the resultant dried gel morphology

was characterized by a JEOL JSM-6701F field emission scanning electron micrograph

(Tokyo, Japan). All IR measurements were carried out in attenuated total reflectance

(ATR) mode (Thermo Scientific). The recording spectral range was fixed at 600 - 4000

cm-1

and the spectrum was evaluated using ominic software.

7.2.5 Thermo-mechanical behavior analysis of hydrogels

The mechanical property measurements were carried out using a dynamic mechanical

analyzer, DMA Q800 (TA instruments). All experiments were carried out in compression

mode. PVA hydrogels were completely immersed in PBS solution and allowed to swell in

incubator at 37 ºC. Molded circular shaped samples measuring 10 mm in diameter and 2

to 3 mm in thickness were prepared using a die. DMA controlled force mode was used

with a preload force of 0.01 N to measure the stress-strain property of the hydrogels. The

temperature of the chamber was raised to a biological temperature i.e 37 °C and was kept

constant during force ramping. The force was ramped at a rate of 0.1 N/min and resulting

mechanical properties were recorded.

For dynamic mechanical analysis, multi frequency-strain mode was used. A static

Page 174: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

150

load of 0.001 N was employed, along with constant oscillating amplitude of 50. To

study the influence on viscoelastic behavior with change in frequency, the specimen

was held isothermally at 37 °C and deformed at constant amplitude over a range of

frequencies 1 Hz to 10 Hz and the mechanical properties were measured. To evaluate

the change in viscoelastic properties, the specimens were exposed to a series of

isothermal temperatures from 20 °C to 45 °C. At each temperature, the material was

deformed at constant amplitude (strain 1%) over a frequency of 1 Hz and the

subsequent mechanical properties were evaluated.

For creep experiment, a constant static force of 0.01 N was applied and the

temperature was kept at 37 °C throughout the experimentation. A stress of 200 Pa was

applied to the swollen hydrogel for 5 minutes and allowed to relax for 10 minutes and the

strain release from the sample was measured. From this the percentage strain developed

and the strain recovery calculated with time.

Thermal properties of each lyophilized crosslinked samples were studied by

differential scanning calorimetry (TA instruments - DSC 2920) using a heating rate 10

°C/min in an inert N2 atmosphere.

7.2.6 Biocompatibility evaluation using human fibroblast

Molded shaped (3 mm diameter and 2 mm height) swollen gel samples were

thoroughly washed with water, followed by PBS, sterilized under UV-irradiation and

placed on the bottom of a 24-well culture plate. The gels were washed and conditioned

in sterile PBS before seeding the cells. IMR-90 was purchased from Coriell Cell

Repositories, USA and maintained in Modified Eagles Medium with glutamine (MEM,

PAA Laboratories), supplemented with 15% FBS (Standard Quality, EU-approved

Page 175: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

151

origin, PAA Laboratories GmbH), 1% each of penicillin, streptomycin, non-essential

amino acids, vitamins and 2% essential amino acids (Gibco, Invitrogen). Cells were

subcultured at 80 - 90% confluence and maintained at 37 °C in a humidified incubator

with 5% CO2.

The viability of cells on respective hydrogel was measured using CellTiter-Glo

luminescent cell viability assay (Promega) following the manufacturer’s instructions.

This assay is a homogeneous method for determining the number of viable,

metabolically-active cells in culture based on quantification of ATP concentrations.

The procedure involves addition of an equal volume of reagent to the medium in test

wells, which in a single step generates a luminescent signal proportional to the

concentration of ATP present in cells. The reagent contains detergents to break the cell

membrane, causing ATP release into the medium and ATPase inhibitors to stabilize

the released ATP. The assay is based on the conversion of beetle luciferin to

oxyluciferin by a recombinant luciferase in the presence of ATP. For the ATP assay,

~5,000 cells at passage 18 ± 3 were plated per well in a 24-well plate (Griener Bio-

one) and the gel samples of 3 mm diameter and 2-3 mm height was placed above the

cell monolayer. This was maintained for day-1, day-2 and day-5 in 1 ml medium at 37

°C. Fresh media was replaced every other day. At respective timing, the medium in

each well was removed and replaced with 200 µl fresh medium. CellTiter-Glo reagent

(200 µl) pre-warmed to room temperature was added and mixed properly. After 10

mins, the mixture was transferred to flat-bottom 96-well plates (Corning, Costar).

Luminescence readings were measured using Tecan Infinite F200 micro-plate reader.

Page 176: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

152

7.2.7 Cell adhesion study on the hydrogel surface

IMR-90 cells were trypsinized using trypsin-EDTA solution to get cells in suspension.

Approximately 5000 cells per vial were added on to the swollen gel. Cells were

allowed to adhere on to the material for 2 hours and then sufficient medium was added

and incubated at 37 ºC. Cell growth was monitored periodically on top of hydrogel and

the morphology was observed under optical microscope (Olympus, BX61).

7.3 Results and Discussion

7.3.1 Spectroscopic analysis of crosslinked hydrogel

PVA is an uncharged, water soluble polymer which is commercially prepared by the

hydrolysis of polyvinyl acetate. PVA was selected for our study owing to hydrophilic

nature and the potential of chemically modifying free pendent hydroxyl groups on the

backbone with desired functional groups.3, 30-33

In our investigation, a novel crosslinking

method was used for in situ gelation of the aqueous PVA solution by FeCl3 in basic

medium. The crosslinking is due to the coordination process of Fe (III) with pendent

hydroxyl groups of PVA macromer. Fe (III) ion is a high spin d5 species and generally

forms hexacoordinate complex with suitable ligands.34

In the coordination process,

replacement of Cl- is dependent on pH of the medium. In basic medium, Cl

- was replaced

by –OH groups to form FeO(OH). Particularly, an increase in pH leads to the hydrolysis

of hydrated ions, forming of hydroxo- and oxo-polynuclear complexes.35

To study the coordination behavior of Fe (III) and PVA, infrared spectroscopy was

used. After coordination process, the material became insoluble in most of the common

solvents and ATR mode was used to detect the changes of functional groups. The

recorded IR spectrum for PVA and dried PVFeGel is shown in Figure 7.1A. A broad

Page 177: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

153

4000 3200 2400 1600 800

b

Ab

so

rban

ce %

Wave number (cm-1)

a0

5

10

15

20

25

30

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

Time (Hr)

Sw

ell

ing

rati

o(Q

m)

5

10

15

20

25

30

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

Sw

elli

ng

ra

tio

n (

Q)

Time (Hr)

PVFeGel-1PVFeGel-2PVFeGel-3PVFeGel-4

absorption at 3000-3600 cm-1

corresponds to the O-H stretching vibrations of the hydroxyl

groups of PVA. As atactic PVA contain some acetate moiety, C=O stretching

absorption of ester group at 1713 cm-1

was observed. There was a sharp peak at 1090 cm-1

corresponding to the stretching band of C-O group of PVA, which overlaps with the Fe-O-

C linkage of gel system. So the formation of Fe(III)–PVA complexes does not introduce

any significant changes in the IR spectrum of PVA.36

Figure 7.1: ATR-IR spectra of PVA (a) and lyophilized dried sample of Fe (III)

crosslinked PVA (b) complex (A), Study on swelling ratio of hydrogels for different

degree of crosslinking (B).

7.3.2 Physical behavior analysis by swelling study

Gels were allowed to swell in PBS at 37 ºC and weight of the swollen gel was noted at

regular intervals. Swelling ratio (Qm) was calculated from the ratio of weight of PBS

uptake to weight of dried gel. Figure 7.1B shows the relationship between the Qm with

different amount of crosslinkers. Qm increased rapidly from 10 to 20 within the first 10

hours, thereafter, swelling was slowed down significantly.

A B

V

Page 178: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

154

The volumetric swelling ratio for PVFeGel-1 showed a maximum up to 26 while for

PVFeGel-4 it was 16. These results illustrate that the crosslinking density is directly

related to swelling ratio. Lower crosslinked network provides high interchain distances,

while lower amount of crosslinking able to retain sufficient amount of water inside the

network. Similarly an increase in crosslink density brings different chains closure to each

other, resulting lower swelling and hence shows tight structure.

Samples with optimum swelling were lyophilized, sliced and used for SEM

analysis. The SEM images of PVFeGel-1 and PVFeGel-4 showed a highly porous

interconnected network structure with an average pore size of 500 - 800 µm as shown

in Figure 7.2. The hydrogel has high water retention capacity which allows diffusion

of both small and macromolecules during its potential applications.

Figure 7.2: SEM images of freeze dried lyophilised sample of PVFeGel-1 (A), PVFeGel-

4 (B).

7.3.3 Mechanical property of hydrogel

For designing a polymeric biomaterial, the composition and structure of the material

relevant to the desired properties should be investigated. Prior to designing a biomaterial,

the important properties such as, thermal, physical, mechanical and biological properties

A B

Page 179: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

155

need to be thoroughly evaluated. Thermal characteristics during dynamic processing

conditions provide information for stability, shrinkage, expansion and storage.

Furthermore, sterilization methods for biomaterials include steam or irradiation before

implantation inside the body. So the mechanical properties under different conditions play

a vital role during the design of a biomaterial scaffolds. DMA is a useful technique for

characterization of biomaterials because it helps to correlate wide range of material

properties. Common techniques for measuring mechanical properties of swollen hydrogels

are static compressive modulus, dynamic mechanical analysis and creep behavior. All

these methods give an idea about the viscoelastic behavior of the hydrogel.

7.3.3.1 Stress-Strain behaviour: Mechanical property in static condition gives the idea

about the load bearing capacity during real application. For this, uniaxial stress strain

behavior of coordinated hydrogels in compression mode was carried out and shown in

Figure 7.3A. Under an applied stress of 6 Pa, PVFeGel-4 and PVFeGel-1 show strain of

47% and 62%, respectively (Figure 7.3B). When compressive stress was applied, strain

develops locally over the hydrogel network and it dissipates by deforming the hydrogel

network. So less coordinated gel shows higher strain at constant stress and the modulous

of the gel network was calculated up to the elastic limit. PVFeGel-1 showed moduli

around 7.66 ± 1.73 Pa and PVFeGel-4 showed 52.9 ± 4.4 Pa (Figure 7.3B). The

coordinated network of the physical entanglement helps to attain its original conformation

after releasing the stress, up to the elastic limit. Increasing the crosslinking density leads to

the formation of stiffer network and hence limits the capacity to dissipate stress imposed

during compression. Thus, it can be concluded that the gel modulus varies owing to

simple changes in the crosslinker concentration.

Page 180: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

156

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

PVFeGel-1 PVFeGel-2 PVFeGel-3 PVFeGel-4

Mo

du

lus

in P

a

20 25 30 35 40 450.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

Sto

rag

e M

od

ulu

s (

kP

a)

Temperature (°C)

PVFeGel-1

PVFeGel-2

PVFeGel-3

PVFeGel-4

2 4 6 8 100.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

Sto

rag

e M

od

ulu

s (

kP

a)

Frequency (Hz)

PVFeGel-1

PVFeGel-2

PVFeGel-3

PVFeGel-4

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 700

3

6

9

12

Str

es

s (

Pa

)

Strain (%)

PVFeGel-1

PVFeGel-2

PVFeGel-3

PVFeGel-4

Figure 7.3: Stress-strain graph for hydrogels with different crosslinker concentration

under uniaxial compression mode (A) and graph for modulus of hydrogels with different

crosslinker concentration (B).

7.3.3.2 Dynamic mechanical analysis: For hydrogels used in tissue engineering, it is

important to assess the mechanical properties, especially, when they are subjected to

external deformations. Dynamic mechanical analyzer correlates the strain induced by the

application of constant dynamic stress. The storage modulus (G') was characterized to

correlate the viscoelastic behavior of the polymeric hydrogel.

Figure 7.4: Graph of storage modulus vs frequency of different hydrogels at biological

temperature (37 °C) (A) and graph for storage modulus vs temperature of hydrogels with

different degree of crosslinkers at constant frequency (B).

A B

V

A B

V

Page 181: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

157

Values of G' of the designed hydrogels in its equilibrium swollen samples are shown in

Figure 7.4A at 37 °C at different frequencies. It was observed that by increasing the

concentration of crosslinking, the G' of the resulting gel increases. Furthermore, increase

in G' can be depicted with rise in frequency. From the graph, it shows that the G' for

PVFeGel-1 is 0.58 kPa at 1Hz and 0.78 kPa at 10 Hz. Similarly G' for PVFeGel-4 is 1.1

kPa at 1 Hz and 1.5 kPa at 10 Hz. An increase in G' reveals that elastic response is

proportional to concentration of crosslinkers and network structure. For understanding the

material performance, it is important to study the viscoelastic behavior with change in

temperature. For this study, a temperature limits up to 45 °C was employed owing to

dehydration of gel at higher temperature.

We monitored change in G' at a temperature range of 20 - 45 °C for all gels (Figure

7.4B) and only marginal changes in G' were observed. So the material has no change in

elastic response at same frequency over the temperature range. For all crosslinker

concentrations, very low dissipation factor (tan δ << 1) was observed, which indicates the

hydrogel is viscoelastic in nature. These studies predicted that swollen hydrogels can

maintain viscoelastic behavior with change in frequency and has a wide range of working

temperature.

Several hydrogels have been used for nucleus pulposus replacements, contact lenses,

targeted drug delivery application, cartilage bone and vocal cord mucosa replacement.37-39

For all these applications, it is very important to match the viscoelastic behaviour of the

synthetic hydrogels with that of the native tissues, when subjected to the dynamic loadings

under physiological conditions. The modulus of hydrogels can be controlled by changing

Page 182: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

158

the crosslinking density. Furthermore, the mechanical stability revealed from DMA results

indicates that hydrogels are stable under ambient conditions.

7.3.3.4 Creep behavior: Creep is the fundamental test of polymeric biomaterial which

is directly applicable to product performance. This test gives an idea about the

biomaterials recovered after removal of a constant amount of load. Figure 7.5A shows

the comparative study of PVFeGel-2 to PVFeGel-4 where applied force was 200 Pa for

5 minutes, then relaxed for 10 minutes.

From the graph, it can be seen that there is a quick elastic recovery for all hydrogels.

By applying stress the viscoelastic strain reaches to 23% for PVFeGel-2 within 5 minutes,

whereas for PVFeGel-4, it was only 10%. The total strain developed for PVFeGel-4 after

5 minutes of loading was minimum, which is due to increase in crosslinking density. This

causes lowering in molecular motion and hence the strain is less at same amount of

applied stress. But for the less crosslinked gel (PVFeGel-2), the movement of chains is

easier and hence small amount of force can cause high deformation by retarding elastic

response.

Similarly upon releasing the stress, the strain recovery study was carried out for the

designed hydrogels (Figure 7.5B). From the graph it was observed that the viscoelastic

strain recovery was 57% for PVFeGel-2 and 66% for PVFeGel-4. From this study, it can

be concluded that there is quick deformation for lower crosslinked gel which has less

tendency to retrack back to its original position. Similarly, for higher crosslinked network

(PVFeGel-4), initial value of viscoelastic strain developed within 5 minutes was less.

Page 183: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

159

5 10 15 20

0

20

40

60

80

Str

ain

re

co

very

(%

)

Time (min)

PVFeGel-2

PVFeGel-3

PVFeGel-4

66%

57%

5 10 15 200

5

10

15

20

25

S

tra

in %

Time (Min)

PVFeGel-2

PVFeGel-3

PVFeGel-4

Figure 7.5: Creep behavior of hydrogels with different concentration of crosslinkers at

biological temperature (37 °C) (A) and Graph for strain recovery with linear time scale

after release the applied stress to hydrogels of different crosslinker concentration (B).

This result indicated that the intermolecular bond strength is high which also resulted in

high percentage of strain recovery after withdrawing the stress from the hydrogel. This

behavior was in agreement with higher G' value corresponding to more elastic response

for PVFeGel-4. From the strain development by application of stress, it was observed that

there was slow increase in strain upon application of stress and similarly recovered path

also follow same route. This indicated the elastic behavior of the gel network.

Furthermore, the time lag in development of initial strain and loss in strain after recovery

indicates the flow behavior.40

Hence, the result explains an elastic nature during the application of stress but

retarded by viscous resistance. This increase in crrosslink network of the polymeric

chain which increases the elastic nature after releasing of stress from hydrogel. In this

point the interchain bond strength is high as by increasing the crosslink density the

retrack back to original conformation is increases. The result obtained from creep

study and storage modulus analysis showed a viscoelastic nature of the hydrogel.

A B

V

Page 184: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

160

40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

He

at

Flo

w (

W/g

)

Temperature (°C)

PVA SUPP

PVFeGel-1

PVFeGel-2

PVFeGel-3

PVFeGel-4

Tg increases

7.3.4 Thermal analysis of crosslinked hydrogel

The purpose of introducing crosslinks in the system is to prevent the flow and to

enhance mechanical integrity of the polymers. However, in between the crosslinks, the

molecular segments remain flexible. In particular, the intrinsic chain flexibility and

temperature required to induce segmental motion is determined by the nature and

amount of crosslinks. To gain a better understanding on the effect of corosslinking

toward the molecular mobility of the designed macromer, thermal analyses of the gels

were carried out from room temperature to 250 °C. The glass transition behavior (T g)

was calculated from second heating cycle for all lyophilized samples and shown in

Figure 7.6. The effect of crosslinking reflects the transition from glassy to a rubbery

state. Table-7.1 shows the summary of Tg, melting point and melting peak enthalpy of

all prepared hydrogel and PVA.

Figure 7.6: Curves for glass transition temperature analysed by DSC analysis of only

PVA and lyophilised sample of PVA hydrogels from different crosslinker concentration

Page 185: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

161

Table-7.1 shows the summary of Tg, melting point and melting peak enthalpy of all

prepared hydrogel and PVA. Upon crosslinking, Tg of PVFeGel-4 increased to 80.4 °C

whereas for pure PVA, it was 72.6 °C and the melting temperature for PVFeGel-4 was

also increased to 230 °C.

Table 7.1: DSC analysis of lyophilised sample of hydrogels

Similarly the melting enthalpy (ΔHm) increased around two-fold for PVFeGel-4 in

comparison to PVA. The melting is an endothermic process which absorbs certain amount

of energy to heat the polymer at a particular temperature which is directly proportional to

the crosslink density. For PVA gel system, this may be due to increase in formation of

stable coordination bonds between Fe (III) ion and hydroxyl groups of PVA. Furthermore,

coordination imposes additional constraints on the segmental motion of PVA backbone

and hence resulted an increase in Tg. So it can be concluded that by increasing the

crosslinks, the chain segmental mobility starts at higher temperature.

7.3.5 Cell viability and cell adhesion study

The surface properties of biomaterials are important because the biological responses are

largely controlled by surface functional groups and topography of such materials.

Sample ID Glass Transition

Temperature (Tg

in ˚C)

Melting Point

(M.P in ˚C)

Melting Peak

Enthalpy (ΔHm in

J/g)

PVA 72.6 193 28.5

PVFeGel-1 74.2 227 36.9

PVFeGel-2 75.3 229 42.3

PVFeGel-3 77.1 230 54.2

PVFeGel-4 80.4 230 58.1

Page 186: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

162

Figure 7.7: Optical micrograph of IMR-90 cells around hydrogel after 5 days of coculture

(A) and cells grow on the surface of hydrogel (B).

with minimal platelet adherence and no sign of accumulation or pseudopodium. Our

Hydrogels are hydrophilic polymer network and can be used as biomaterial with low

platelet adsorption, protein adsorption and blood clot formation were observed.41

The

highly hydrophilic surface results in low interfacial tension between hydrogel surface and

surrounding biological fluids. Similarly Zhang et al.20

reported the PVA based materials

investigation towards the biocompatibility of prepared PVA based hydrogel was carried

out using cytotoxicity analysis and cell viability assay up to 5 days with IMR-90 cell line.

For the cytotoxicity study, polymerized gels (PVFeGel-1 to PVFeGel-4) were seeded

with IMR-90 and monitor the cell growth and proliferation. After 5 days, the cell

morphology was found to be normal (Figure 7.7A) indicating that material has no

cytotoxic effect towards the surrounding tissue. For cell viability study, hydrogel (3 mm

dia and 2 mm in height) was placed over the 24-well culture plate having uniform IMR-90

monolayer. The cell viability data revealed that there was almost no enhancement or

decrease in cell growth by the presence of gel in comparison to the control (Figure7. 8)

after 5 day of incubation. These results suggest that the hydrogels are free from any toxic

leachable material and also material surface has also no affect on cell growth. Similarly,

A B

Page 187: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

163

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

Lu

min

es

en

ce

(x

10

5) Day 1 Day 2 Day 5

Figure 7.8: Cell viability test with IMR-90 on crosslinked hydrogels up to 5 day of

analysis. The data represented mean and standard deviations of four samples. Control

experiment was normalised as same cell line was used with different proliferated time

scale.

for cell adhesion study, cells were directly seeded on the surface of the designed

hydrogels. Typically, different PVA gels with different degree of crosslinking were used

for cell adhesion studies. After seeding cells, plates were incubated at 37 °C and

monitored for 5 days. It was observed that the polymer does not allow cell growth on to its

surface (Figure 7B) but the cells around the gels are normal even after 5 days.

From above study, it was concluded that hydrogels are not cytotoxic in nature and do

not allow cell adhesion on their surfaces owing to the hydrophilic nature of PVA.

7.4 Summary and conclusion

The present investigation focused on the structure-property relationship study of Fe

(III) crosslinked PVA hydrogel system. Simple changes in the formulation of

hydrogels led to significant differences in final properties of the material. No leaching

Page 188: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

164

of iron ions was observed during our repeated swelling and drying cycles. From the

swelling studies, it was observed that the Qm decreased with an increase in

crosslinking density. Thermal analysis revealed an increase in Tg, M.P and ΔHm with

increase in concentration of crosslinks. From the mechanical studies, it was observed

that the hydrogels are viscoelastic in nature. Furthermore, viscoelastic response and

relaxation behavior was greatly influenced by the amount of crosslinks in the

hydrogel. Temperature dependent dynamic mechanical study showed no significant

change in modulus up to 45 °C. In vitro cell culture study showed that hydrogels were

nontoxic towards IMR-90 fibroblast cells, and no significant cell attachment was

observed on the hydrogel surface. Extensive biological evaluation needs to be done to

use these materials for real applications.

Page 189: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

165

7.5 References

1. Kopecek, J. Y., J. Polymer International 2007, 56, 1078–1098.

2. Langer, R. Science 1990, 249(4976), 1527-1533.

3. Peppas, N. A. Boca Raton: CRC Press 1987, Vol III.

4. Sawhney, A. S. P., C.P.; Hubbell, J.A. Macromolecules 1993, 26, 581-587.

5. West, J. L. H., J. A. React Polym 1995, 25(2/3), 139-147.

6. Hyon, S. H.; Cha, W. I.; Ikada, Y.; Kita, M.; Ogura, Y.; Honda, Y. J. Biomater.

Sci.-Polym. Ed. 1994, 5, (5), 397-406.

7. Hennink, W. E. N., C.F. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 2002, 54, 13–36.

8. Shoichet, M. S. H., J. A. 1998, 235-254.

9. De Carlo, E.; Baiguera, S.; Conconi, M. T.; Vigolo, S.; Grandi, C.; Lora, S.;

Martini, C.; Maffei, P.; Tamagno, G.; Vettor, R.; Sicolo, N.; Parnigotto, P. P. Int.

J. Mol. Med. 25, (2), 195-202.

10. Millon, L. E. M., H.; Wan, W.K. Journal of Biomedical Materials Research Part

B: Applied Biomaterials 2006, 79B, 305-311.

11. Nuttelman, C. R. M., D.J.; Henry, S.M.; Anseth, K.S. J Biomed Mater Res 2001,

57, 217–223.

12. Le Renard, P. E.; Jordan, O.; Faes, A.; Petri-Fink, A.; Hofmann, H.; Rufenacht,

D.; Bosman, F.; Buchegger, F.; Doelker, E. Biomaterials 31, (4), 691-705.

13. Basak, P.; Adhikari, B. J. Mater. Sci.-Mater. Med. 2009, 20, 137-146.

14. Koyano, T. K., N.; Umehara, H.; Nagura, M.; Minoura, N. Polymer 2000, 41,

4461-4465.

15. Paul, W. S., C. P. J Biomed Sci Polym 1997, 8, 755-764.

Page 190: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

166

16. Vaquette, C.; Kahn, C.; Frochot, C.; Nouvel, C.; Six, J. L.; De Isla, N.; Luo, L.

H.; Cooper-White, J.; Rahouadj, R.; Wang, X. O. Journal of Biomedical

Materials Research Part A 2010, 94A, (4), 1270-1282.

17. Chu, K. C. R., B.K. Magn Reson Med 1997, 37, 314–319.

18. Kobayashi, M. O., M. J Biomater Sci Polymer Edn 2004, 15, 741-751.

19. Pan, Y. S.; Xiong, D. S. Wear 2009, 266, (7-8), 699-703.

20. Jiang, T.; Wang, G. X.; Qiu, J. H.; Luo, L. L.; Zhang, G. Q. J. Med. Biol. Eng.

2009, 29, (2), 102-107.

21. Atala, A. M., D.J.; Vacanti, J.; Langer, R. Boston: Birkhauser 1997.

22. Hassan, C. M. P., N.A. . Advances in polymer science 2000, 153, 37-65.

23. Canal, T. P., N.A. Journal of Biomedical Materials Research Part B: Applied

Biomaterials 1989, 23, 1183–1193.

24. Kurihara, S. S., S.; Mogi, S.; Ogata, T.; Nonaka, T. Polymer 1996, 37(7), 1123–

1128.

25. Mc Kenna, G. B. H., F. Polymer 1994, 35(26), 5737–5742.

26. Martens, P. A., K. Polymer 2000, 41, 7715-7722.

27. Martens, P. H., T.; Anseth, K. S. Polymer 2002, 43, 6093-6100

28. Paradossi, G. C., F.; Miano, F.; D’Antona, P. Biomacromolecules 2004, 5, 2439-

2446.

29. Muhlebach, A. M., B.; Pharisa, C.; Hofmann, M.; Seiferling, B.; Guerry, D.

Journal of Polymer Science A: Polymer Chemistry 1997, 35, 3603–3611.

30. Finch, C. A. e. New York: Wiley 1973.

Page 191: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

167

31. Mongia, N. K. A., K.S.; Peppas, N.A. J Biomater Sci Polym Ed 1996, 7(12),

1055-1066.

32. Imam, S. H. M., L.J.; Chen, L.; Greene, R.V. Starch Starke 1999, 51(6), 225.

33. Peppas, N. A. e. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 1986.

34. Hernandez, R. B.; Franc, A. P.; Yola, O. R.; Lopez-Delgado, A.; Felcman, J.;

Recio, M. A. L.; Merce, A. L. R. J. Mol. Struct. 2008, 877, (1-3), 89-99.

35. Yokoi, H.; Mori, Y.; Fujise, Y. Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1995, 68, (7), 2061-2065.

36. Nesterova, M. V.; Walton, S. A.; Webb, J. J. Inorg. Biochem. 2000, 79, (1-4),

109-118.

37 Murphy, D.J.; Sankalia, M.G.; Loughlin, R.G.; Donnelly, R.F.; Jenkins, M.G.;

McCarron P.A. International Journal of Pharmaceutics 2012, 423, 326.

38 Roberts, J.J.; Earnshaw, A.; Ferguson, V.L.; Bryant, S.J.; Journal of Biomedical

Materials Research Part B-Applied Biomaterials 2011, 99B, 158.

39 Wan, L.Q.; Jiang, J.; Miller, D.E.; Guo, X.E.; Mow, V.C.; Lu, H.H.; Tissue

Engineering Part A 2011,17, 1111.

40 Soltani, P.; Taherian, M. M.; Farshidianfar, A. J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys. 43, (42), 8.

41 Li, Y. L.; Neoh, K. G.; Kang, E. T. Polymer 2004, 45, (26), 8779-8789.

Page 192: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

168

Chapter 8

Conclusions and future studies

Page 193: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

169

8. 1 Conclusions

The development of nanostructured materials provide high surface area which improves

performance for many advanced applications. The porous structures derived from

polymeric nanofibers are dynamic, because the pore size and shape can be designed

according to desired application which is difficult to get from conventional rigid

structures. The aim of this thesis was to explore the preparation of functionalized

nanofibers derived from hydrophilic polymers and their potential applications. Initial

investigations were focussed on designing of functionalized PVA and cellulose nanofibers

for water filtration system. For this PVA nanofiber was prepared using electrospinning

technique and tested for the extraction of nanoparticles from water. These nanofibers were

characterized by various electron microscopic measurements. To increase the nanoparticle

filtration efficiency, surface hydroxyl groups of PVA nanofibers were modified with

different functional groups; such as thiols and amines. These nanofibers showed very high

filtration efficiency towards the removal of different designed metal nanoparticles (Au and

Ag) from water. The adsorption analysis revealed that the amine and thiol modified PVA

nanofibers showed more than 90% adsorption efficiency towards Au NPs, and amine

modified nanofibers showed good adsorption behavior (more than 90%) towards AgNPs

from aqueous environment. TEM analysis showed that nanoparticles were uniformly

distributed throughout the surface of nanofiber without agglomeration. Hence, the surface

modified PVA nanofibers are proposed to be interesting material for the removal of

nanoparticles from water.

Similarly, a new method for the fabrication of cellulose based nanofibers from

sugarcane bagasse was developed and introduced suitable functional groups for the

Page 194: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

170

extraction of nanoparticles from water. For functionalization, chitosan was coated on the

cellulose nanofiber and used for the extraction of Au and Ag-nanoparticles from water.

The incorporation of chitosan on the surface of nanofiber helps to increase the filtration

capacity. Presence of adsorbed nanoparticles on nanofiber surface was confirmed by SEM

and EDX. Easy accessibility, biodegradability, cost effectiveness and the ease of handling

of designed nanofibers make it a viable method for large scale filtration systems.

Furthermore, a novel approach for the preparation of Fe3+

coordinated PVA

nanofibrous membranes were prepared by electrospinning technique. The characterization

of the designed nanofiber was carried out using by FESEM and EDX. Microscopic image

revealed that the diameter of the nanofibers are 600 - 800 nm. The presence of Fe-ions in

the nanofiber was examined using the EDX analysis and found to be around 21%. The

structure - property relationship was investigated in detail using thermal analysis.

Nanofibers were tested for its effectiveness in extracting arsenic contaminants from water.

From the results, it was observed that the composite nanofiber has high efficiency (67

mg/g for As (III) and 36 mg/g for As (V)) towards the arsenic removal from water.

Compared to other available adsorbents incorporated with Fe unit, our method is more

practical due to the absence of leachable materials and more practical to handle during

practical usage.

In another attempt, electrospun PVA nanofibers derived from water soluble polymers

containing Ag-nanoparticles were prepared using electrospinning technique. These

methacrylated nanofibers were photocrosslinked under UV irradiation and annealed at 100

ºC for the reduction of Ag-ions to Ag-nanoparticles. Characterization of the resultants

nanofibers were carried out using various physico-mechanical analysis. The average

Page 195: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

171

diameter of the nanofibers ranged between 300 to 500 nm. TEM revealed that Ag-

nanoparticles with an average diameter of 10 to 20 nm are uniformly distributed on the

nanofiber surface. The effect of Ag-nanoparticles on the ultimate properties of nanofibers

was evaluated using DSC and stress-strain measurements.

Similarly, highly porous 3D nanofibrous membranes were prepared from PVA-milk

protein/CaCO3 and PVA-milk protein/MgCO3 using electrospinning technique. The

average diameter of nanofibers was 300 - 500 nm and highly porous in nature with high

surface area of 5.29 m2 g

-1. The physico-mechanical properties of the resultant nanofiber

matrix were investigated by various techniques, such as TGA, DSC, XRD and EDS

analysis. In vitro cell culture experiments revealed that the composite nanofibers were

cytocompatible in nature. The incorporation of milk protein with carbonate salt enhances

the cell proliferation and attachment on the nanofiber surface. Increased efficiency toward

the cell attachment of natural protein incorporated PVA nanofiber, find practical

application in the biomedical field.

The application of PVA nanofibers encourage to compare the preparation of

hydrogel type scaffolding material derived from PVA macromer using Fe (III) as

crosslinker. From the structure property analysis, it was observed that a simple change

in the formulation of hydrogels led to significant differences in final properties of the

material. Swelling studies revealed that a swelling ratio was decreased with an

increase in crosslinking density. Thermal analysis revealed that an increase in T g, m.p

and ΔHm by increasing in concentration of crosslinking agent added to the PVA

macromer. From the mechanical studies, it was observed that the hydrogels are

viscoelastic in nature. Overall, viscoelastic response and relaxation behavior was

Page 196: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

172

greatly influenced by the amount of crosslinks in the hydrogel. In vitro cell culture

study showed that hydrogels were nontoxic towards fibroblast cells, and no significant

cell attachment was observed on the hydrogel surface.

8. 2 Future studies

The designed synthetic PVA nanofibers and chitosan coated cellulose nanofibers have

very large specific surface area with strong affinity towards the adsorption of

nanoparticles from water. Similarly Fe3+

nanofiber shown to be very efficient to trap

arsenic species from water. However, detail investigation such as effect of organic matter

and other competitive anions on the adsorption behavior need to be investigated in detail.

Furthermore, as these nanofibers have low mechanical properties, so for real application it

need a support materials with sufficient mechanical properties. Similarly, nanofiber with

silver nanoparticles need to screened for their antimicrobial property.

The studies of nanofiber incorporated with milk protein and metal carbonates are

promising towards the cell proliferation behavior. Similarly, highly viscoelastic hydrogels

are also fabricated by metal coordination mechanism. However, for practical application

these scaffolds must be extended to different cell growth work. Furthermore, extensive

physico-mechanical analysis and series of animal study need to be investigated for using

as scaffold in tissue engineering.

Page 197: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

173

PUBLICATIONS

Refereed journal articles

1. Narahari Mahanta, Suresh Valiyaveettil; Surface Modified Electrospun Poly(vinyl

alcohol) Membranes for Extracting Nanoparticles from Water (Nanoscale, 3, (11),

2011, 4625-4631.

2. Sajini Vadukumpully, Jinu Paul, Narahari Mahanta, Suresh Valiyaveettil; Flexible

conductive graphene/poly (vinyl chloride) composite thin films with high mechanical

strength and thermal stability, Carbon, 49, (1), 2011, 198-205.

3. Narahari Mahanta, Leong Wai Ying, Suresh Valiyaveettil; Isolation and

Characterization of Cellulose Based Nanofibers for Nanoparticle Extraction from

Aqueous Environment, Journal of Materials Chemistry, 22 (5), 2012, 1985 - 1993.

4. Narahari Mahanta, Yiwei Teow, Suresh Valiyaveettil;

Fabrication and

Characterization of Hybrid Nanofibers from Poly (vinyl alcohol), Milk Protein and

Metal Carbonates (Journal of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, J. Nanosci.

Nanotechnol. 12, 2012, 6156–6162.

5. Narahari Mahanta, Suresh Valiyaveettil; In situ Preparation of Silver Nanoparticles

on Biocompatible Methacrylated Poly (vinyl alcohol) and Cellulose Based Polymeric

Nanofibers (RSC Advances, under revision).

6. Narahari Mahanta, Yiwei Teow, Suresh Valiyaveettil;

A novel approach for

preparation of viscoelastic nanofibrous hydrogels from poly(vinyl alcohol)/Fe(III)

complex for biomedical application (Polymer, under revision).

7. Narahari Mahanta, Suresh Valiyaveettil; A Novel Approach for the Fabrication Fe

(III) Immobilized PVA Nanofiber as a Sorbent for Arsenic Removal from Water

(under preparation)

Invited conference and symposium presentations

1. Narahari Mahanta and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Nanofibers derived from hydroxyethyl

cellulose/PEO blend by electrospinning process. Asia nano, Singapore, 3- 7 Nov 2008.

[Poster presentation]

2. Lim Zhong Hong, Tay Jian Hua, Narahari Mahanta and Suresh Valiyaveettil.

Nanofibers derived from poly(vinyl alcohol) and cellulose-based polymers via

electrospinning. Singapore Science and Engineering Fair (SSEF) 2009, Singapore.

3. Narahari Mahanta and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Preparation of poly (vinyl alcohol) and

cellulose based polymeric nanofibers containing silver nanoparticles by

electrospinning technique, International conference on materials for advanced

technologies (ICMAT), Singapore, 28 June-3 July 2009. [Poster presentation]

Page 198: Narahari Mahanta Group-10 - COnnecting REpositories · Narahari Mahanta 17 September 2012 . Dedicated to My beloved parents, wife and family members who were always there with me

174

4. Narahari Mahanta, Teow Yiwei and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Nanofibers derived from

poly(vinyl alcohol) and milk protein for biomedical application. MRS Fall, Boston,

MA , USA, 30 Nov – 4 Dec 2009. [Oral Presentation]

5. Narahari Mahanta and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Preparation and study of poly (vinyl

alcohol) and cellulose based polymeric nanofibers containing silver nanoparticles. 5th

MPSGC, Chulalonkorn University, Bangkok, Thailand, 7-9 Dec 2009. [Oral

presentation]

6. Narahari Mahanta, Teow Yiwei and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Viscoelastic behaviour of

poly(vinyl alcohol)/Fe3+

complex and its biomedical application, Singapore

International Chemistry Conference 6 (SICC-6), Singapore, 16-19 Dec 2009. [Oral

presentation]

7. Tai Jia Xing, Narahari Mahanta and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Preparation of poly (vinyl

alcohol)/Fe3O4 composite nanofibers by electrospinning technique. Singapore

International Chemistry Conference 6 (SICC-6), Singapore, 16-19 Dec 2009. [Poster

presentation]

8. Narahari Mahanta and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Fabrication of electrospun nanofibers

and their application for nanomaterial removal from aqueous environment. Singapore

International Water Week (SIWW-2010), Singapore, 28 june-02 July 2010. [Poster

presentation]

9. Jhinuk Gupta, Narahari Mahanta, Tan Wei Jun and Suresh valiyaveettil. Synthesis of

organic materials: Effective for nanowaste removal from aqueous environment, MRS

Spring, San Francisco, USA, 5 – 10 April, 2010 [Poster presentation]

10. Narahari Mahanta, Yiwei Teow and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Fabrication of poly (vinyl

alcohol) macromer for biomedical application. Pacifichem, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA,

15-20 Dec 2010. [oral presentation]

11. Sundheep Subramani, Narahari Mahanta, Suresh Valiyaveettil. Electrospun

synthetic and polysaccharide based nanofibers for adsorption of nanoparticles from

aqueous environment. Singapore Science and Engineering Fair (SSEF) 2011,

Singapore.

12. Narahari Mahanta, Yiwei Teow and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Preparation of

Viscoelastic hydrogels from poly (vinyl Alcohol) based macromer and their

biocompatibility evaluation. International conference on materials for advanced

technologies (ICMAT), Singapore, 26 June- 1July 2011. [Poster presentation].

13. Narahari Mahanta, Yiwei Teow and Suresh Valiyaveettil. Fabrication of Nanofibers

from Poly (vinyl Alcohol)/Fe3O4 Composite by Electrospinning Technique.

International conference on materials for advanced technologies (ICMAT), Singapore,

26 June- 1July 2011. [Poster presentation].